Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 39083
Mw Mw SPECIFICATIONS E)CRIGINAL AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CITY Rq RET4RV CT NO.�� AIRFIELD PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND SHOULDER REHABILITATION PHASE 3 AT ALLIANCE AIRPORT FOR THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FAA Grant Number: 3-48-0296-38-2009 Mike Moncrief Dale Fisseler Mayor City Manager Kent Penney, A.A.E. A. Douglas Rademaker, P.E. Airport Systems Director Executive Asst. to City Manager Timothy D. Ward President, Alliance Air Services PREPARED BY: utfrom THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS HAVE BEE PREPARED BY AECOM USA GROUP, INC./DMUM AVIATION, INC. 1200 SUMMIT AVE, SUITE 600 ®.nc OFF-tCIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT VOORTH, TX FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 �•�"'t� of r "`fit (817) 698-6800 5 •• ''•• ;o+'tt� June 4, 2009 ..: JAMES G. KIRSCHBAUM ;.., a �.t 83583 en. b-q-&g City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 8/11/2009 DATE: Tuesday, August 11, 2009 LOG NAME: 55AFWPAVREHAB3 SUBJECT: REFERENCE NO.: C-23713 Authorize a Contract with Silver Creek Construction in the Amount of $1,242,169.50 for the Fort Worth Alliance Airport Shoulder Rehabilitation Project, Phase 3 RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with Silver Creek Construction in the amount of $1,242,169.50 for Alliance Airport Shoulder Rehabilitation Project, Phase 3. DISCUSSION: The scope of this contract includes airfield pavement repair to include replacing cracked concrete pavement panels (full depth) on existing base and Runway 16L-34R shoulder rehabilitation to include repairing and sealing surface cracks in the asphalt shoulder and applying a seal coat to the existing shoulder and full depth asphalt shoulder pavement replacement in designated areas. The project was advertised on June 11, 2009, and June 18, 2009, in the Fort Worth Star-Teleq_ ram and the following bids were received on June 25, 2009: Bidder Silver Creek Construction, Inc. O. Trevino Construction EAS Contracting Phillips/May Corporation This contract was advertised with six alternates: . Alternate No. 1 - ARFF Station staging apron pavement repairs; . Alternate No. 2 - Runway 34L-16R shoulder rehab; . Alternate No. 3 - Taxiway A airfield pavement repair; . Alternate No. 4 - Taxiway H airfield pavement repairs; . Alternate No. 5 - Aircraft Parking Apron pavement repairs; and . Alternate No. 6 - AOA Entrance Gate pavement repairs. Amount (Base Bid Plus Alternates 2 and 4) $1,242,169.50 $1,342,810.85 $1,630,585.40 $1,761,038.92 After review of available funds, Alternates Nos. 2 and 4 with the Base Bid was decided for construction. The base bid included shoulder rehabilitation of Runway 16L-34R. Silver Creek Construction is in compliance with the City's DBE ordinance by committing to 26 percent DBE participation on this project. The City's goal on this project is 20 percent. Logname: 55AFWPAVREHAB3 Page 1 of 2 This project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 2, Mapsco 7P. FISCAL INFORMATION / CERTIFICATION: The Financial Management Services Director certifies that funds are available in the current capital budget, as appropriated, of the Airport Grants Fund. FUND CENTERS: TO Fund/Account/Centers CERTIFICATIONS: FROM Fund/Account/Centers GR14 539120 055218389800 GR14 539120 055218340800 GR14 539120 055218340800 GR14 539120 055218266800 GR14 539120 055218186800 Submitted for Citv Manaaer's Office bv: Carl Smart (6525) Oriainatina Department Head: Kent Penney (5403) Additional Information Contact: Aya Ealy (5406) ATTACHMENTS 1. Available Budget- 55AFWPAVREHAB3.pdf (CFW Internal) 2. DBE Compliance 218389.pdf (CFW Internal) $500.404.00 $291, 775.19 $113,586.00 $103,157.71 $233.246.60 Logname: 55AFWPAVREHAB3 Page 2 of 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING ADDENDUM NO. 1 To the Plans & General Contract Documents AIRFIELD PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND W. SHOULDER REHABILITATION PHASE 3 ��t ' .. *� �............................. *, ?JAMES O. KIRSCHBAUM AT .............. ........... ......, ALLIANCE AIRPORT a .-A, ••'4QQ' FOR THE ���Q�sTER�'' �'�� CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FAA GRANT NUMBER (AIP No.) 3-48-0296-38-2009 61�a! ID D.O.E. NUMBER: 5668 Bid Date: June 25, 2009; 1:30 PM Addendum No. 1; Issued June 18, 2009 This Addendum, forms part of the Plans, Contract Documents and Specifications for the above referenced Project and modifies the original Plans, Contract Documents and Specifications. . Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided below, in the proposal (page P-15) and acknowledge receipt on the outer envelope of your bid. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this Addendum could subject the bidder to disqualification. The Plans, Contract Documents and Specifications for Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 at Alliance Airport are hereby revised by Addendum No. 1 as follows: 1. PLANS & CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: A. Add the following General Notes to Drawing C-101. 8. Should the Contractor not be able to place the P-501 Concrete Pavement to fill open panels, in sufficient time to allow 5 days cure and placement of paint striping before October 14, 2009, Contractor shall fill open pavement area with Temporary Fast Setting Concrete or approved High Strength Concrete at no cost to owner. Subsequent to close of Air Show, Contractor to remove temporary concrete at no additional cost to owner and complete work as outlined in the Contract Documents. 9. Shoulder replacement in Base Bid shall be 100% complete prior to October 14, 2009. B. Delete Specification P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting in its entirety and substitute the attached. Addendum No. 1, Page 1 2. Contractors Questions: Contractor's Question: What should be the time elapsed between curing, grooving & painting concrete pavement? Answer: Curing: Technical Specification P-501 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, Paragraph 501-4.14 CURING; first sentence; Immediately after finishing operations are completed and marring of the concrete will not occur, the entire surface of the newly placed concrete shall be cured for a 7-day course period in accordance with one of the methods below. Skid Resistant Surfaces (Grooving): Technical Specification P-501 does not specify a time period for grooving of the runway. Grooving of the runway will coincide with the Curing period of 7-days and Opening Runway to Traffic, Technical Specification P-501, Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, Paragraph 501-4-18. Opening to Traffic: Technical Specification P-501 Portland Cement Concrete, Paragraph 501-4-18 OPENING TO TRAFFIC, first sentence; The pavement shall not be opened to traffic until test specimens molded and cured in accordance with ASTM C-31 have attained a flexural strength of 550 pounds per square inch (3,792 kPa) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-78. If such tests are not conducted, the pavement shall not be opened to traffic until 14 days after the concrete was placed. Paint Striping: Technical Specification P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting; Paint Striping of the runway will coincide with the Curing period of 7-days as specified in Technical Specification P-501 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, Paragraph 501-4.14. Preparation of Surface will be in accordance with Technical Specification P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting, Paragraph 620-3.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACE. Protection and Cleanup will be in accordance with Technical Specification P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting, Paragraph 620-3.6 PROTECTION AND CLEANUP. 3. MINUTES OF THE PRE -BID CONFERENCE Minutes of the Pre -bid Conference held on June 10, 2009 are attached. The Pre -Bid Conference Minutes are a record of the conference and are issued for Bidder's information, ( 2 pages). A signed copy of this Addendum should be included in the sealed bid envelope at the time of bid submittal. Failure to acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum could cause the subject bidder to be considered "NONRESPONSIVE," resulting in disqualification. IEP KNOW ENT: ISSUED BY: By. Kenneth L. Pe ney, A.A.E. Airport Systems Director Company: Addre;4; City: _ State: Addendum No. 1, Page 2 ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING DESCRIPTION 620-1.1 This item shall consist of the painting of numbers, markings, and stripes on the surface of runways, taxiways, and aprons, in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS 620-2.1 MATERIALS ACCEPTANCE. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's certified test reports for materials shipped to the project. The certified test reports shall include a statement that the materials meet the specification requirements. The reports can be used for material acceptance or the Engineer may perform verification testing. The reports shall not be interpreted as a basis for payment. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon arrival of a shipment of materials to the site. 620-2.2 PAINT. Paint shall be Waterbornein accordance with the requirements of paragraph 620-2.2a. Paint shall be furnished in Yellow - 33538 or 33655 and White - 37925 in accordance with Federal Standard No 595, a. WATERBORNE. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P- 1952E, Type II. b. EPDXY. Paint shall be 'a two component, minimum 99 percent solids type system conforming to the following: minimum standard. (1) Pigments. Component A. Percent by weight. (a) White: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type Il shall be 18 percent (16.5 percent minimum at 100 percent purity). (b) Yellow and Colors: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 14 to 17 percent. Organic yellow, other colors, and tinting as required to meet color Epoxy resin shall be 75 to 79 percent. (2) Epoxy Content. Component A. The weight per epoxy equivalent, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1652 shall be the manufacturer's target plus or minus 50. (3) Amine Number. Component B. When tested in accordance with ASTM D 2074 shall be the manufacturer's target plus or minus 50. Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-620-1 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 (4) Prohibited Materials. The manufacturer shall certify that the product does not contain mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, halogenated solvents, nor any carcinogen, as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200. (5) Daylight Directional Reflectance: (a) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not be less than 75 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN, Method 6121. (b) Yellow: The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow paint shall not be less than 38 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN. The x and y values shall be consistent with the Federal Hegman yellow color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed below: x .462 x .470 x .479 x .501 y .438 y .455 y .428 y .452 (6) Accelerated Weathering. (a) Sample Preparation. Apply the paint at a wet film thickness of 0.013 inch (0.33 mm) to four 3 by 6 inch (8 by 15 cm) aluminum panels prepared as described in Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN, Method 2013. Air dry the sample 48 hours under standard conditions. (b) Testing Conditions. Test in accordance with ASTM G 15453 using both Ultra Violet (UV-B) Light and condensate exposure, 72 hours total, alternating 4 hour UV exposure at 60 degree C, and 4 hours condensate exposure at 40 degrees C. (c) Evaluation. Remove the samples and condition for 24 hours under standard conditions. Determine the directional reflectance and color match using the procedures in paragraph 620-2.2b(5) above. Evaluate for conformance with the color requirements. (7) Volatile Organic Content. Determine the volatile organic content in accordance with 40 CFR Part 60 Appendix A, Method 24. (8) Dry Opacity. Use Procedure B, Method B of Method 4121 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN. The wet film thickness shall be 0.015 inch (0.12 mm). The minimum opacity for white and colors shall be 0.92. (9) Abrasion Resistance. Subject the panels prepared in paragraph 620-2.2b(6) to the abrasion test in accordance with ASTM D 968, Method A, except that the inside diameter of the metal guide tube shall be from 0.747 to 0,750 inch (18.97 to 19.05 mm). Five liters of unused sand shall be used for each test panel. The test shall be run on two test panels. [Note: five liters of sand weighs 17.5 lb. (7.94 kg).] Both baked and weathered paint films shall require not less than 150 liters of sand for the removal of the paint films. Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-620-2 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 0 (10) Hardness, Shore. Hardness shall beat least 80 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2240. c. METHACRYLATE. Paint shall be a two component, minimum 99 percent solids -type system conforming to the following: (1) Pigments. Component A. Percent by weight. (a) White: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 6 percent minimum. minimum. standard. Methacrylate resin shall be 18 percent minimum. (b) Yellow and Colors: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 6 percent Organic yellow, other colors, and tinting as required to meet color Methacrylate resin shall be 18 percent minimum. (2) Prohibited Materials. The manufacturer shall certify that the product does not contain mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, halogenated solvents, nor any carcinogen, as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200. (3) Daylight Directional Reflectance: (a) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not be less than 80 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN, Method 6121. (b) Yellow: The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow paint shall not be less than 55 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN. The x and y values shall be consistent with the Federal Hegman yellow color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed below: x .462 x .470 x .479 x .501 y .438 y .455 y .428 y .452 (4) Accelerated Weathering. (a) Sample Preparation. Apply the paint at a wet film thickness of 0.013 inch (0.33 mm) to four 3 by 6 inch (8 by 15 cm) aluminum panels prepared as described in Method 2013 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN. Air dry the sample 48 hours under standard conditions. (b) Testing Conditions. Test in accordance with ASTM G 53 154 using both Ultra Violet (UV-B) Light and condensate exposure, 72 hours total, alternating 4 hour UV exposure at 60 degree C, and 4 hours condensate exposure at 40 degrees C. Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-620-3 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 (c) Evaluation. Remove the samples and condition for 24 hours under standard conditions. Determine the directional reflectance and color match using the procedures in paragraph 620-2.2c(3) above. Evaluate for conformance with the color requirements. (5) Volatile Organic Content. Determine the volatile organic content in accordance with 40 CFR Part 60 Appendix A, Method 24. (6) Dry Opacity. Use Procedure B, Method B of Method 4121 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN. The wet film thickness shall be 0.015 inch (0.12 mm). The minimum opacity for white and colors shall be 0.92. (7) Abrasion Resistance. Subject the panels prepared in paragraph 620-2.2c(4) to the abrasion test in accordance with ASTM D 968, Method A, except that the inside diameter of the metal guide tube shall be from 0.747 to 0.750 inch (18.97 to 19.05 mm). Five liters of unused sand shall be used for each test panel. The test shall be run on two test panels. [Note: five liters of sand weighs 17.5 lb. (7.94 kg).] Both baked and weathered paint films shall require not less than 150 liters of sand for the removal of the paint films. (8) Hardness, Shore. Hardness shall be at least 80 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2240. d. SOLVENT -BASE. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification A-A-2886A Type I or Type II. 620-2.3 REFLECTIVE MEDIA. Glass beads shall meet the requirements for Federal Specification. TT-B-1325D, Type I, gradation A. Glass beads shall be treated with all compatible coupling agents recommended by the manufacturers of the paint and reflective media to ensure adhesion and embedment. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 620-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The painting shall be performed only when the surface is dry and when the surface temperature is at least 45°F (7°C) and rising and the pavement surface temperature is at least 50F (2.7°C) above the dew point. Painting operations shall be discontinued when the surface temperature exceeds 100 degrees F. Markings shall not be applied when the pavement temperature is greater than 120°F. 620-3.2 EQUIPMENT. Equipment shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, a mechanical marking machine, a bead dispensing machine, and such auxiliary hand -painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The mechanical marker shall be an atomizing spray -type or airless type marking machine suitable for application of traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall apply markings of uniform cross sections and clear-cut edges without running or spattering and without over spray. Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-620-4 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 620-3.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACE. Immediately before application of the paint, the surface shall be dry and free from dirt, grease, oil, laitance, or other foreign material that would reduce the bond between the paint and the pavement. The area to be painted shall be cleaned by sweeping and blowing or by other methods as required to remove all dirt, laitance, and loose materials without damage to the pavement surface. Use. of any chemicals or impact abrasives during surface preparation shall be approved in advance by the Engineer. Paint shall not be applied to Portland cement concrete pavement until the areas to be painted are clean of curing material. Sandblasting or high-pressure water shall be used to remove curing materials. 620-3.4 LAYOUT OF MARKINGS. The proposed markings shall be laid out in advance of the paint application. The locations of markings to receive glass beads shall be shown on the plans. 620-3.5 APPLICATION. Paint shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing shown on the plans. Paint shall not be applied until the layout and condition of the surface has been approved by the Engineer. The edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) in 50 feet (15 m) and marking dimensions and spacings shall be within the following tolerances: Dimension and Spacing Tolerance 36 inches (910 mm) or less t1/2 inch (12 mm). greater than 36 inches to 6 feet (910 mm to t 1 inch (25 mm) 1.85 m) greater than 6 feet to 60 feet (1.85 m to 18.3 ± 2 inches (51 mm) m) greater than 60 feet (18.3 m) ± 3 inches (76 mm) The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and applied to the pavement with a marking machine at the rate(s) shown in Table 1. The addition of thinner will not be permitted. A period of 24 hours shall elapse between placement of a bituminous surface course or seal coat and application of the paint. TABLE 1. APPLICATION RATES FOR PAINT AND GLASS BEADS Paint Glass Beads, Glass Beads, Glass Beads, Square feet per Type 1, Type III Type IV gallon, ft2/gal Gradation A Pounds per gallon Pounds per gallon (Square meters Pounds per gallon of paint—lb./gal. of paint—lb./gal. Paint Type per of paint—lb./gal. (Kilograms per (Kilograms per liter, m2/I) (Kilograms pier liter liter of paint—kg/)I liter \ of paint—kg/I Waterborne 115 ft /gal. maximum (2.8 m2/1) Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 of paint—kg/1) 7 lb./gal. minimum (0.85 kq/1) P-620-5 Glass beads shall be distributed upon the marked areas at the locations shown on the plans to receive glass beads immediately after application of the paint. A dispenser shall be furnished which is properly designed for attachment to the marking machine and suitable for dispensing glass beads. Glass beads shall be applied at the rate(s) shown in Table 1. Glass beads shall not be applied to black paint. Glass beads shall adhere to the cured paint or all marking operations shall cease until corrections are made. All emptied containers shall be returned to the paint storage area for checking by the Engineer. The containers shall not be removed from the airport or destroyed until authorized by the Engineer. 620-3.6 PROTECTION AND CLEANUP. After application of the paint, all markings shall be protected from damage until the paint is dry. All surfaces shall be protected from excess moisture and/or rain and from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, or drippings of paint. The Contractor shall remove from the site all debris, waste, loose or unadhered reflective media, and by-products generated by the surface preparation and application operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall dispose of these wastes in strict compliance with all applicable state, local, and Federal environmental statutes and regulations. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 620-4.1 The quantity of runway and taxiway markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet of painting and the number of pounds of reflective media performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Engineer. BASIS OF PAYMENT 620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the respective contract price per square foot for runway and taxiway painting, and price per pound for reflective media. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-620-5.1-1 Item P-620-5.1-2 ASTM C 136 ASTM C 146 ASTM C 371 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 Runway and Taxiway Painting [per square foot Reflective Media [per pound (kilogram)] [lump sum] TESTING REQUIREMENTS Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates Chemical Analysis of Glass Sand Wire -Cloth Sieve Analysis of Nonplastic Ceramic Powders ASTM D 92 Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup ASTM D 711 No -Pick -Up Time of Traffic Paint ASTM D 968 Standard Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling Abrasive ASTM D 1213-54(1975) Test Method for Crushing Resistance of Glass Spheres ASTM D 1652 Test Method for Epoxy Content of Epoxy Resins ASTM D 2074 Test Method for Total Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Amine Values of Fatty Amines by Alternative Indicator Method ASTM D 2240 Test Method for Rubber Products-Durometer Hardness ASTM G.15453 Operating Light and Water -Exposure Apparatus (Fluorescent Light Apparatus UV -Condensation Type) for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials. Federal Test Method Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related Materials; Methods of Inspection, Standard No. 141 D/GEN Sampling and Testing MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 476 Specifications for Dry Pigmentary Titanium Dioxide Pigments Products Code of Federal Regulations 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A — Definition of Traverse Point Number and Location Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1910.1200 — Hazard Communications FED SPEC TT-B-1325D Beads (Glass Spheres) Retroreflective AASHTO M 247 Glass Beads Used in Traffic Paints FED SPEC TT-P-1952E Paint, Traffic and Airfield Marking, Waterborne Commercial Item Description (CID) A-A-2886B Paint, Traffic, Solvent Based FED STD 595 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 Colors used in Government Procurement END OF ITEM P-620 P-620-7 AECOM MEETING MINUTES Date: June 10, 2009 Place: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Operations Office Time: 2:00 p.m. Job Number: 60049733-1000 Subject: Pre Bid Conference Attendees: See Attached Sign -In Sheet A Pre Bid Conference, for the City of Fort Worth Project, Airfield Pavement repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation, Phase 3, was held at the Offices of Alliance Air/Aviation Services, Fort Worth Alliance Airport on the above date. Introduction of attendees was performed by Mr. Larry Gaines. Mr. Gaines gave a brief overview of the scope of the project. Mrs. Tanzeem Ahmad distributed the reference attached hand-out, and then presented a power -point presentation outlining the scope of the project. Mrs. Ahmad then turned the meeting over to Chris Ash, Alliance Operations, who reviewed security, escort request and Alliance Airport Safety Course. Mrs. Ahmad then turned the meeting over to Patty Wilson, City of Fort Worth Contract Compliance, DBE compliance who reviewed the documents the contractors will be required to turn in with their individual bids. The floor was opened up for questions. There was one questions presented by the attendees. Items discussed were: • Restrictions for day/night work in tower. • Contractor safety Plan submittal. • Vehicle requirements. • Closure Plan, 72 hours advanced notice. • Introduced Alan Davis, Alliance Airport Operations Coordinator. • FOD, ruts and sweeping. • Special Events 1. Critical Path, Alliance Air Show. Question presented by Contractor: 1. What should be the time elapsed between curing, grooving & painting concrete pavements? The above represents items discussed in the Pre Bid Conference meeting and questions present after the meeting. Should you find any errors or emissions, please contact AECOM/DMJM Aviation. AECOM MEETING ATTENDANCE LIST GENERAL CONTRACTOR: FAA GRANT NO.: 3-48-0296-38-2009 PROJECT: AIRFIELD PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND SHOULDER REHABILITATION — PHASE 3 PURPOSE: Pre Bid Meetinq LIST OF ATTENDEES NAME ORGANIZATION & TITLE WORK FAX NO PHONE Larry Gaines AECOM, Project Manager (817) 698-6825 (817) 698-6802 TTanzeem Ahmad, P.E. AECOM, Engineer (817) 698-6837 (817) 698-6802 +�1 Ca5Ptro,#'4ts AFcoM, '74.Nr i (fro) 69e-gSco .):m pelt) �mhr Pm (Aly) 2a2-0107 97.-57IL-53'" 9�0-*n-. qll OCIt S3 Ch,��s-roPrt -- N A vu A,3cz /,?771 �`� 10 �9 ( ) { ( ) ( ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) i of 2 FORT WORTH Alliance_ AIRr A`,fiA'n0N SSRVIGES Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 Pre -Bid Conference June 10, 2009 AECOM FORTWORTH Alliance Aa� a!q:Avnnar. SE,V:L-ES liii:i rw,ri - Mao • - �� a.. m; �o .afro �+PFwn m�,Aras a s•o-n� aww.rtnr. • } - - .: w.•n ' :ti-. � a??' s'arem .Wlo. rarfY(at cn'w-c; . —_ ._ ... .....-_ `-- ._ ___. ._..: ___i _ _; �.._ •,."'+gip © txurc.l l:a lY9 r.aoat rO•w4: '\• . � tsa E,nuwv::Al; aw,Et u+wr, ' i�fOf<IiM!Y .i .. •� �' rWC1Y:M[I!— .-PAU[L[UNK w:•I;iA4R 4V Ji1 „ RSY.vA.-k,9t2,_ _k, a �,-.,�_ _--,•� ?1�ikL::1!;;1Z__ _ ;.n [-!M OAS[ ww U V ...._.,uprt, ,V , wS \ A.Aitn8 U0 17 BD O-Ko , PApk� .1% \G �U--?!fR--" 'T �`^�� TA ! a plowtum- OM ! ntsii.. - ,•. . , : _ ;! ',xawa FCR GtA9MW _ ?! -nil _ �•` t!w[W,�s riwi i �.5 AA2�IAK lD • `� r ___l�_r rt:� ' -_� 1 - . - • • , • . • , .. , (car, atts MR[., E (._-.� lSFp@pt d}_ : 1 = All FaKWp[ WGE) r r [ Lmn-.—' L _ rJfUao raKlart 1: � •..y q r '� i r Scope of Project BASE BID Runway 1 6L/34R Airfield Pavement Repairs & Shoulder Rehabilitation )�> Airfield Pavement Repair Work -Replace cracked concrete pavement panels (full depth) on existing base. ➢ Shoulder Rehabilitation Work (Including Blast Pads) -Repair and seal surface cracks. -Repair joint between concrete and asphalt pvmt. -Apply seal coat on Asphalt Shoulder & Blast Pads. -Full depth asphalt shoulder pavement replacement (Approx. 80'X12' Area). FORT WORTH Work Areas — Base Bid CVBWL BASE DID 1 !ONAYI"RAIRFELDPAVEME REPARSMMOULDERKRAMAMON MM Alliance AIR/AMIAIMON SERVICES Scope of Project ALTERNATE BID # 1 ARFF Station Staging Apron Pavement Repairs ➢ Pavement Repair Work -Remove 6" PCC apron pavement & replace with 8" reinforced PCC pavement -including curb. -Construction to be completed in two Phases. MMErFM APf3G1, P.416M }a 1 f arrrrc_�a t�l.. �-•eutux C.CE �`5 Ff rU 111� 50.B( OM PflF aar, EMS FE81�G-171•••�, ' Y 1� UP l 012' CIGN 4 —_F�11 WhT —Ppopm ttWPAm Er R�T� 8 CFLZHD OWE r� �OAL FIEPAIRSMONd' M41P.'C= 91B31ADE ARFF STATICS $TAGING PMM TO = srANDM PgxrA towr. bas Scope of Project ALTERNATE BID # 2 Runway 16RI34L Shoulder Rehabilitation ➢ Shoulder Rehabilitation Work -Repair and seal surface cracks. -Repair joint between concrete and asphalt pvmt. -Apply seal coat on asphalt shoulder. -Full depth asphalt shoulder pavement replacement. ➢ Pavement Repair Work -Minor concrete pavement repairs. FORT WORTH Work Areas - Alternate Bid # 2 ---- ------- Ab or /* it ip. luliance A);',/AV.ATI-')t,l SERVICES Scope of Project ALTERNATE BID # 3 Taxiway `A' Airfield Pavement Repairs ➢ Pavement Repair Work -Replacing cracked concrete panels (full depth) on existing base. FORT WORTH Alliance AIR; AVIATION SERVICES Work Areas — Alternate Bid # 3 V Y k ALIIB%ikTE MD *3 LAYOff I I TAMAY'AAWIEWFAVS/Off TAM ALTERKITESCOLAMN H' ARFRO PAVWr FVPAIFLS Scope of Project ALTERNATE BID # 4 Taxiway `H' Airfield Pavement- Repairs ➢ Pavement Repair' Work -Replacing cracked concrete panels (full depth) on existing base. -Minor concrete pavement repair. -Construction to be done in two Phases. -Will allow Aircraft B-777 to maneuver to American Airlines Maintenance Facility. FORT WORTH Work Areas - Alternate Bid # 4 &TM14A7E(9DA3LAYOJT I I rAxmAy K AIRFIELD PAVEMENT REPAIRS -1---1 7- ALIEWT5 M.44 LAYOUT 2 11AVINAY-RAIRFIELD PAYSOOREPAIRS Alliance AIR/AVAMN SERVICES Scope of Project ALTERNATE BID # 5 Aircraft Parking Apron _Repairs ➢ Pavement Repair Work -Replacing spalled concrete panels (full depth) on existing base. -Minor concrete pavement repair. FORT WORTH . , Alliance AIR/AV APON SERMCES r4nD MaacitlNr u•n.s LJxict HYIl�IrAY_M ' `'y\l'IDYMR'Ml ii � A'uir 4�; S0. 'JID.tf[I .ltieur•rYj. !rie'1• llaAlD wx wM i.tl•lip . '~ •.' .fiat A 84 M �:� ?iYi'w' !te[ID MIYhi DIDaTO jo - { .C►•Rli' NtLIYG 1/9D•i .Cpn173 \. f 17a k IYaaQ' LO: Pan-�NNI •Pa'.a P •M,E�-1 It .-iN7�¢S 6W5 w�...i x,- —rxs— «'RQK[s trr$-� + TiSnH DG # ll Alwttt t a17 �` 4Ft:t-qD Zr :rK ....\ 1 - - 1. i icy .. J 59. .. J: Viv Pa_plow LWIS • - �t'rcc tw1s�•" t I v - `�wun urs L . - --------_- -- - _ PICX � u.rvNvaa:' iD .r � ,i � ..: t.. .:J, p�� r•+64rt eAGj ! .... ) - -_ _- -. 1tiY ar DVKaO i ea i F im•... i'R m ravvryi .M.; - " �F`• Ala+wrE m i =' (m""L ImYnQ ' Jf a twrss KDERL to DAWHD IALL10rl IF � mow.-n}'`�'- +„`' r ':t' - s� �r + � - v �c k- �. ate,°'�'uc.-r ' `r ` < `, w _ `�' ' i3 Lx=ra:J yU'1k:i -- _ V71 le V. _J q.1__... ,i. Scope of Project ALTERNATE BID # 6 AOA Entrance Gate Pavement Repairs ➢ Pavement Repair Work -Replacing concrete pavement (full depth) on existing base including curb. -Entrance Gate pavement replacement to be performed one gate at a time. FORTWORTH WorkAreas-- _..._.. --.. Alliance AWIMMAIK/AVA'nD. SERY-CES MpL'i Wen - ebe o0 , 1 � IMr Stl/3rV Wt/,10 �AkYpll c(►INS a Aomr� en,/r!e,iAr,: . ._. s,N •:l sw,;e`-.'',.� LY.r satat Y?!R+PAtiYtil fS.F.YpG r•F w tLY• Nra•y s .4xAkrc 04 0 .. r '.°•.�, Y RIK tSO; St 7,Sldl, otylp ui�KM HG s! 'SK �/' ta'l YJ,'J MaY Yli'1 ,tT'AP; •� , a,K'✓ .asau w�c.c.i vs.rr. . � / AcFQAK fYi Y.i •'.y� ; A'/7tat: wtao6 arRi: tai,r5 .= rvwnO yn rA4acwi c4�IR9 : Al1L;t iMll'. •� '•' , �+[lECf lM � •-. � YY�S • - BAR u+a -- PwW tmz DO! . YFiI'llt ao /7 ae �:om i rarla u.�s Y ... — �frAt �wsC�wR ✓ r.. .. � ! �- '1 'b �� NCStI WS _ _. __ ..,..—,—. _ __ _.. `'. \� .. .. :YLswa 1 ncgon i .� P.efi3.n is se nr .7 _ - xtRRiAT 60 vtx a .ua., ../JIG. . ,r-i M1SrENr AHA! _ ea r' . ; ' rA.0"et tom►? < s v nwc^:i � i 7 i L lT`r 1'iSi.-1 :r175 � ' _ . _ • • _ PAWWAT AMi 4;• ai:•! N.7FJlUk 70/ , .--_• i iL-1WJw j�l DJ t a Ce •m f' j toss tit,ctao Kv tr a MM PAIM A' i • .. >"K1[C* LNnS ',ti,•'v — F_- t' I humm %tvai �•'�.� '1.�� h..�'f"" ,irk � r..-.__� 4� :----- --- _ t. r . 1 Project Issues Work Restrictions •Annual Alliance Air Show, Suspended Work: October 19, 2009 - October 28, 2009 • Dickie 500 Nascar Race, Suspended Work: November 3, 2009 - November 10, 2009 Project Issues Schedule • Project Duration Base Bid ----------------------- 75 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 1---------- 30 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 2---------- 60 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 3---------- 30 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 4---------- 30 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 5---------- 30 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 6---------- 45 Calendar Days Project Issues Work Restrictions • Work is within AOA (Airport Operations Area) • Runway Closure Coordination • Taxiway Closure Coordination • ARFF Station Staging Area Coordination • Entrance Gate Area Coordination Project Issues Miscellaneous — Runway &Taxiway Edge Lights Protection —NAVAID Protection — Staging Area and .Access — Phasing • Taxiway/Runway/Ramp Closures — DBE Requirements • Goal 20% — Field Offices — Airfield Operat ns/Securi�y' • Escorts • Clean Up FORTWORTH _ _ � .auswsiwt Staging Area and Access ..wn wr am o e.e� .� auam un asa.rr w.oma a. o'n. ro CONSIFUC M STW.M �Ra.m+i w a.0 a c.� w.wr. a �brer i I AREA AM ASS LAYOUT r . �m.�.na n s+a oww ru+..d our w may rmm �maum w. rwn o ��n u w die k6Alliance AIR VATION SEK%hCES L�J 5i "3 I f- I • Questions SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR AIRFIELD PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND SHOULDER REHABILITATION PHASE 3 AT ALLIANCE AIRPORT FOR THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FAA Grant Number: 3-48-0296-38-2009 Mike Moncrief Mayor Kent Penney, A.A.E. Airport Systems Director _ Timothy D. Ward President, Alliance Air Services PREPARED BY: AECOM Dale Fisseler City Manager A. Douglas Rademaker, P.E. Executive Asst. to City Manager THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS HAVE BEE PREPARED BY AECOM USA GROUP, INC./DMUM AVIATION, INC. 1200 SUMMIT AVE, SUITE 600 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 (817) 698-6800 j�`.'•' •r.S /�o� ........................ *.® June 4 2009 %JAM ES G. KIRSCHBAUM� ...............................0• ' e3s83 ;gym e�e��sFtto s����� ea��d'• 6o�m C tO-q Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 INDEX OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOTICE TO BIDDERS COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DISADVANTAGE BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SPECIFICATIONS WAGE RATE DETERMINATION PROPOSAL BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE TRADE RESTRICTION CLAUSE CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EXPERIENCE RECORD BONDS. CONTRACT PART I - SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART II— WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS PART III — GENERAL PROVISIONS PART IV —TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS i-1 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 INDEX OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NO. Description G-300 Construction Barricades, Lighted Cones and Traffic Control G-700 Demolition P-100 Mobilization S-P-154 Special Provision to Subbase Course P-154 Subbase Course - S-P-209 Special Provision to Crushed Aggregate Base Course P-209 Crushed Aggregate Base Course S-P-501 Special Provision to Portland Cement Concrete Pavement P-501 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement S-P-602 Special Provision, to Bituminous Prime Coat P-602 Bituminous Prime Coat S-P-605 Special Provision to Joint Sealing Filler P-605 Joint Sealing Filler S-P-620 Special Provision to Runway and Taxiway Painting P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting S-P-626 Special Provision to Emulsified Asphalt Slurry Seal Surface Treatment P-626 Emulsified Asphalt Slurry Seal Surface Treatment P-628 Crack Sealing Asphalt Pavement Description ITEM-314 City of Fort Worth Cement Concrete Pavement TxDOT-340 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement TxDOT-672 Raised Pavement Markers i-2 as NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: FOR: Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Project — Phase 3 AT ALLIANCE AIRPORT - FAA Grant Number: 3-48-0296-38-2009 Addressed to Mr. Kenneth Penney, Airport Systems Director of the City of Fort Worth, Texas will be received at the Purchasing Office located at 1000 Throckmorton, Lower Level, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 until 1:30 P.M.. June 25.2009 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 PM in the Council Chambers. Contract Documents including Plans and Specifications for this project may be obtained at the Office of the Department of Aviation, 4201 North Main Street, Suite 200, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. Plan sets may be picked up at The Department of Aviation for a non-refundable fee in the amount of Thirty dollars ($30.00). Bid security is required in accordance with the Special Instruction to Bidders. This project includes, but is not limited to, the following items: Base Bid for Runway 16L-34R airfield pavement repair, replacing cracked concrete panels (full depth) on existing base, and Runway 16L- 34R shoulder rehabilitation including repairing and sealing surface cracks in the asphalt shoulders, applying seal coat to existing shoulder, and full depth asphalt shoulder pavement replacement in designated area. There are six additional Alternates that may potentially be selected with the Base Bid. The scopes of Alternates are defined below: Bid Alternate #1: ARFF station staging apron pavement repairs, replacing cracked concrete panels (full depth) on existing base. Bid Alternate #2: Runway 34L-16R shoulder rehabilitation, repairing and sealing surface cracks in the asphalt shoulders, applying seal coat to existing shoulder, full depth asphalt shoulder pavement replacement in designated area and minor concrete pavement repair. Bid Alternate #3: Taxiway 'A' airfield pavement repairs, replacing cracked concrete panels (full depth) on existing base. Bid Alternate #4: Taxiway 'H' airfield pavement repairs, replacing cracked concrete panels (full depth) on existing base and minor concrete pavement repair. Bid Alternate #5: Aircraft parking apron pavement repairs, replacing cracked concrete panels (full depth) on existing base. Bid Alternate #6: AOA entrance gate pavement repairs, replacing cracked concrete panels (full depth) on existing base. A pre -bid conference will be held on June 10.2009 at 2:00 P.M. at Alliance Air Services Offices. 2221 Alliance Boulevard, Suite 100, Fort Worth, Texas 76177. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all Addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the Addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the PROPOSAL form. Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all Addenda may be rejected as being nonresponsive. Information FTW Front Ends.doc NBA regarding the -status of Addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Aviation at 817 392-5407. For additional information, contact Aya Ealy (817) 392-5406 or Lary Gaines at (817) 698-6825. DALE. FISSELER CITY MANAGER By: Advertising Dates: June 4.2009 June 11.2009 MARTY HENDIX CITY SECRETARY Kenneth L. Penney, A.A.E. Airport Systems Director FTW Front Ends.doc NB-2 911 COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation - Phase 3 ALLIANCE AIRPORT FOR: FAA GRANT NUMBER 3-48-0296-38-2009 Addressed to Mr. Kenneth Penney, Airport Systems Director of the City of FortWorth, Texas, will be received at the City of Fort Worth until 1:30 P.M.. June 25. 2009 and then publicly open and read aloud at 2:00 P.M. in the Council Chambers, 1000 Throckmorton Street,. Fort Worth, Texas 76102. Contract Documents, including Plans and Specifications for this project, may be obtained at the office of the Office of the Department of Aviation, 4201 North Main Street, Suite 200, Fort Worth, Texas. A non-refundable fee of thirty dollars ($30.00) is required for purchase of a set of documents. All bidders will be required to comply with provision 5159a of "Vernon's Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to payment of prevailing wage rates and City Ordinance NO. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-21 through 13-A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. Bid security is required in Accordance with Paragraph 1 of the Special Instructions to Bidders. In general, this project includes, but is not limited to, the following items: Base Bid: Runway 16L-34R airfield pavement repair to include replacing cracked concrete pavement panels (full depth) on existing base and Runway 16L-34R shoulder rehabilitation to include repairing and sealing surface cracks in the asphalt shoulder and applying a seal coat to the existing shoulder and full depth asphalt shoulder pavement replacement in an designated area. Bid Alternate #1: ARFF station staging apron pavement repairs to include replacing cracked concrete pavement (full depth) on existing base. Bid Alternate #2: Runway 34L-16R shoulder rehabilitation to include repairing and sealing surface cracks in the asphalt shoulders, applying seal coat to existing shoulder, full depth asphalt shoulder pavement replacement in designated area(s) and minor concrete pavement repairs. Bid Alternate #3: Taxiway 'A' airfield pavement repairs to include replacing cracked concrete panels (full depth) on existing base. Bid Alternate #4: Taxiway'H' airfield pavement repairs to include replacing cracked concrete panels (full depth) on existing base and minor concrete pavement repair. Bid Alternate #5: Aircraft Parking Apron pavement repairs to include replacing cracked concrete panels (full depth) on existing base. Bid Alternate #6: AOA Entrance Gate pavement repairs by replacing cracked concrete pavement (full depth) on existing base. The City reserves the right -to reject any and/or*all Bids and waive any and/or all formalities. AWARD OF CONTRACT: No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of forty-nine (49) days from FTW Comprehensive Notice to Bidders.doc NB-3 the opening of bids, but in no case will the award be made until the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the contract has been verified. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the addenda by initialing. the appropriate spaces on the PROPOSAL form. Bids that do no acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected as being non -responsive. Information regarding that status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering (817) 392-7910. A pre -bid conference will be held on June 10.2009 at 2:00 P.M. at Alliance Air Services Offices. 2221 Alliance Boulevard. Suite 100. Fort Worth. Texas 76177. Bidders are encouraged to submit the required DBE documentation with their bid. However, it is not a mandatory requirement. The Bidder (Proposer) must supply all the information required by the instructions to Bidders and the bid must be submitted on a form which substantially complies with the form provided by the City of Fort Worth. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each in the full amount of the contract price, executed by a surety company or surety companies authorized to execute surety bonds under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas. All bidders and proposers shall make good faith efforts, as defined in Appendix A of 49 CFR Part _ 23, regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, to subcontract 20 Percent of the dollar value of the prime contract to small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals (DBEs). In the event that the bidder for this solicitation qualifies as a DBE, the contract goal shall be deemed to have been met. Individuals who' are rebuttable presumed to be socially and economically disadvantaged include women, Blacks, Hispanics, Native Americans, Asian -Pacific Americans and Asian -Indian Americans. The apparent successful bidder (proposer) will be required to submit information concerning the DBE's that will participate in this contract. The information will include the name and address for each DBE, a description of the work to be performed by each named firm, and the dollar value of the contract (subcontract). If the bidder fails to achieve the contract goal as stated herein, it will be required to provide documentation demonstrating that it made good faith efforts in attempting to do so. A bid that fails to meet these requirements will be considered nonresponsive. For additional information, contact Aya Ealy (817) 392-5406 or Larry Gaines at (817) 698-6825. DALE FISSELER CITY MANAGER By: Kenneth LfPenny, A.A.E. Airport System Director Advertisement Dates: June 4. 2009 June 11, 2009 Fort Worth, Texas FTW Comprehensive Notice to Bidders.doc NB-4 MARTY HENDIX CITY SECRETARY Notice to Bidders Buy American - Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts (January 1991) I_ The Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990 provides that preference be given to steel and manufactured products produced in the United States when funds are expended pursuant to a grant issued under the Airport Improvement Program. The following terms apply: A. Steel and Manufactured Products. As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) steel produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. Components of foreign origin of the same class or kind as the products referred to in subparagraphs (II)(A) or (B) shall be treated as domestic. " B. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. - C. Cost of Components. This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. The successful bidder will be required to assure that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, Subcontractors, Materialmen, and Suppliers in the performance of this contract, except those - A. that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under. the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonable available quantities and of a satisfactory quality; B. that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, that domestic preference would be inconsistent with the public interest; or C. that inclusion of domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project contract by more than 25 percent. A FTVV_Comprehensive Notice to Bidders.doc NB-5 No Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 1. BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5%) per cent of the total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. To be an acceptable surety on the bond, (1) the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury, or (2) the surety must have capital and surplus equal to ten times the limit of the bond. The surety must be licensed to do business in the state of Texas. The amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the treasury list or one -tenth (1/10) the total capital and surplus. 2. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. In this connection, the successful bidder shall be required tofurnish a performance bond and a payment bond, both in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. The City will accept no sureties who are in default or delinquent on any bonds or who have an interest in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. If the contract amount is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work. If the contract amount is in excess of $100,000, a Performance Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents. Said bond shall solely be for the protection of the City of Fort Worth. 3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The Contractor's attention is called to the "General Provisions" concerning liquidated damages for late completion of projects. FTW Front Ends.doc IB-1 Im 4. AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. 5. EMPLOYMENT: All bidders will be required to comply with City Ordinance NO. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance NO.7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13-A-21 through 13-a-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. 6. WAGE RATES: The Bidder also agrees to pay not less than the "Prevailing Wage Rates for Highway Construction" as established by the City of Fort Worth and not less than the wage rates stated in General Wage Decision NO. TX020080043. 7. FINANCIAL STATEMENT: A current certified financial statement may be required by the Department of Engineering if required for use by the CITY OF FORT WORTH in _ determining the successful bidder. This statement, if required, is to be prepared by an independent Public Accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State Licensing Agency. 8. INSURANCE: Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of award of contract, the Contractor must provide, along with executed contract documents and appropriate bonds, proof of insurance for Worker's Compensation and Comprehensive General Liability (Bodily Injury-$250,000 each person, $500,000 each occurrence; Property Damage - $300,000 each occurrence). The City reserves the right to request any other insurance coverage as may be required by each individual project. 9. ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. c. Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. d. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days - notice of cancellation, non -renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e. Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A: VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits, or self -funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the City. FTW_Front Ends.doc IB-2 g. Other than worker's compensation insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, City may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage. h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the City. I. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. J. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self -funded or commercial coverage maintained by City shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to City's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. I. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. m. Upon the request of City, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. 10. NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g, Texas Revised Civil Statutes, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a non resident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. "Nonresident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. "Texas resident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is in this state, and includes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds. The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all non resident bidders in order for its bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. 11. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In accord with City of Fort Worth Ordinance NO. 13471, as amended by Ordinance 13781, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of disadvantaged business enterprises in .City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the office of the City Secretary. In addition, FTW Front Ends.doc IB-3 the bidder, shall submit the DBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate. The Documentation must be received no later than 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the Documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non -responsive. Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide to owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by Disadvantaged Business Enterprise. (DBE) on the contract and payment therefore. Contractor further agrees to permit an, audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by a DBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiation action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances relating to false statement; further, any such misrepresentation (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participation in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. 12. AWARD OF CONTRACT: Contract will be awarded solely at the Owner's - discretion to the Lowest Qualified Bidder for the Base Bid or any combination of the Base Bid plus Alternate(s), which ever combination is most advantageous to the City. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of forty-nine (49) days from the date the DBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate is received by the City. The award of contract, if made, will be within forty-nine (49) days after this documentation is received, but in no case will the award be made until the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the contract has been verified. 13. PAYMENT: The Contractor will receive full payment (minus 5% retainage) from,the City for all work for each pay period. Payment of the remaining amount shall be made with the final payment, and upon acceptance of the project. 14. ADDENDA: Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents prior to the bid receipt time and acknowledging them at the time of bid .� receipt. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering Construction Division at (817) 871-7910. Bids that so not acknowledge all applicable addenda may be rejected as non -responsive. -- 15. CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW: A. Workers Compensation Insurance Coverage a. Definitions: Certain of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory worker's compensation FNV_Front Ends.doc 04 insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project -includes the time from the beginning of the work on the "` project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096)-includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or toner services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. b. The contractor shall provided coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) or all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. c. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. d. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. e. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so -" the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and on (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. f. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter g. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. FTW Front Ends.doc IB-5 h. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate _ of coverage showing extension of coverage; if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. (6) notify the governmental entity in wiring by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. j. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage - will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance FTW_Front Ends.doc 18-6 Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative, criminal, civil penalties or other civil actions. k. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. B. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: "REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE" The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker" compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee". Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage". 16. NON DISCRIMINATION: The contractor shall not discriminate against any person or persons because of sex, race, religion, color, or national origin and shall comply with the provisions of City Ordinance 7278, as amended by City Ordinance 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13A-21 through 13A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. 17. AGE DISCRIMINATION: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the federal government, contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents, or employees, will engage in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against person because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. 18. Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, or employees, or person acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this Contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. FTW_Front Ends.doc IB-7 19. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the Policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any and all claims or allegations asserted by third parties against City arising out of Contractor's alleged failure to comply with the above ' referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this Contract. 20. DISCRIMINATION DUE TO DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor warrants that it will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or current employees of Contractor. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA's provisions and any other applicable federal state and local laws concerning disability and will defend indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties against City arising out of Contractor's alleged failure to comply with the above -referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this Contract. 21. Safety Plan: Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of award of contract, the contractor must provide a safety plan for approval of the owner or owners authorized - representative. FTW Front Ends.doc IB-8 REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS The following clauses are placed in every DOT assisted contract and subcontract: A. Non Discrimination Assurance During the performance of this contract, the contractor or subcontractor agrees that it will not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall cant' out the applicable requirements of 49 PCFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to cant' out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the City of Fort Worth deems appropriate. The Contractor understands that it is required to insert the substance in this clause in all subcontracts and purchase orders. B. Prompt Pavment The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than ten (10) [calendar] days from receipt of each payment the prime contractor receives from the City of Fort Worth. The prime contractor agrees further to release retainage payments (if applicable) to each subcontractor within ten (10) [calendar] days after the subcontractor's work is - satisfactory completed and final payment has been made to the subcontractor. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the City of Fort Worth FTW Front Ends.doc IB-9 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 DISADVANTAGE BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SPECIFICATIONS FORT WORTH so City of Fort Worth Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Specifications SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS APPLICATION OF POLICY If the total dollar value of the contract is $25,000 or more, the DBE goal is applicable. If the total dollar value of the contract is less than $25,000, the DBE goal is not applicable. POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Disadvantage Business Enterprises (DBE) in the procurement of all goods and services to the City on a contractual basis. The objective of the Policy is to increase the use of DBE firms to a level comparable to the availability of DBEs that provide goods and services directly or indirectly to the City. All requirements and regulations stated in the City's current Disadvantage Business Enterprise Program apply to this bid. DBE PROJECT GOALS The City's DBE goal on this project is 20% of the base bid value of the contract. COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS On City contracts of $25,000 or more, bidders are required to comply with the intent of the City's DBE program by either of the following: 1. Meet or exceed the above stated DBE goal, or; 2. Good Faith Effort documentation, or; 3. Waiver documentation, or; 4. Joint Venture. SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The applicable documents must be received by the Managing Department, within the following times allocated, in order for the entire bid to be considered responsive to the specifications. 1. Subcontractor Utilization Form, if goal is met or exceeded: 2. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor Utilization Form, if participation is less than stated goal: 3. Good Faith Effort Form, if no participation: 4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form: 5. Joint Venture Form, if goal is met or exceeded: received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S DBE PROGRAM, WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON -RESPONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS Any questions, please contact the M/WBE Office at (817) 871-6104. Rev. 5/30103 4— ATT'�. VENT 1A wage I of 3 E wwb R CrrY OF FORT WORTH Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Office Schedule of Subcontractors/Suppliers PRIME COMPANY NAME: E3 DBE E3 MWBE O"MIDBE +. PROJECT NAME: /4%ID DATE: 61 PROJECT NUMBER: Crrd-S DBE PROJECT GOAL- 2D% I Pfte's 086 GOAL COMMUMM- % Please read the following statements prior to executing this form. 111Iddorsi6ftrors mu's't pro�ide Information on all prospectIve subcontrartor(sysuppliers who.subrtdt - bidslquotatlons In support of this solicitation. Failure to complete this form, o.In Its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bit opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result, In the bid being considered non-responalve to the bid specifications. ,The bidder further agrees to provld% directly to the City upon requeA complete and accurate Information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, Including .DBE(s) arrangements submitted With this bid. The bidder also agre" to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files hold by their empanythat will !substantlate the actual vio* performed by the DBEs) on this contrast, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any Intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation :of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work fore period of not le" than three (3) years and for Initiating action under Fed", State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance arid creates ei material breach of contract may result In a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating In City work for a period of time not less than one (i) year. ,Prime contractors must Identify by tier level of all subcontractors/suppliers. Tier mews the level of subcontracting' below the prime* 6ontra6torlcortsultant I.e. a direct 1 ;payment payment from the prime contractor to a subcontractor Is considered 1t tier, a payment by a,subcontractor to Its supplier Is.cofisldered e.der. The prime 1 contractor Is responsible to provide proof of payment of all tiered subcontractors klandfied as a DOE and counting those dollars towards meeting the contract committed -goal. Prime contractors must also provide the previous years annual gross receipts of all subcontractors/suppilers 119W on the utilIzation form, This Information may be expressed In the dollar ranWm provided that column. Coun4n9_'DBE Piiiclp'atlon: It materials or supplies I are obtal lnid'irorn a DBE manufacturer, vaunt 100 percent of the cos of'the 'materials or supplles16wards the joal.", it'. .the materials or supplies are purchased from a DBE regular dealer, count 60 percent of tiro cost of the materials and supplies toward the DBE goal. When materials or . supplies are purchased from a DBE neither a manufacture nor a regular dealer, count the entire amount of fees or commissions charged fop assistance In the procurement :of the materials and supplies or feeis or transportation charges for the delivery of the materials or supplies delivered to the job site. In all cases, the prime ;contractor Is responsible to Identify the amounts to be used toward the committed 09E goal. If hauling services Is utifted, separation of dollars for haul4n and haul out is required. In addition, the prima will . be given credit for utilizing a DBE hauling . firm as . long as the DBE owns and operates a least one fully licensed and operational truck used on the contraa The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm, Including DSE owner, joperated and receive full DBE credit. The DBE may lease truck4 from non -DBEs, Including owner -operators, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions learned b Be mindful of the 60% rule. �y the. DBE as outlined in the lease agreement Note: Rov.wow L-- IL - L— & r L L [ [ ■ I II I t FORT Wowr All ATT/{ IENT 1A tdp2of3 CITY OF FOgT WORTH SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORSISUPPLIERS Check this box ❑ if any subcontractorlsuppiler Is a Sale Source and Identify by writing sole source by the subcontractodsuppller name. NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED Specify CERTIFIED DOE FIRM PREVIOUS YEARS SUBCONTRACTORSISUPPLIERS Tier ANNUAL GROSS Name:f�tj of Work: Type • RECEIPTS T Yes _ less than $500K Address:/A A5416� / No ..._ "It _ $5 mil tea' Phone: y�j�'j • ��D Certified 8y:/ _!-:'more than $5 m1i. Fax: 17— "7-' � fi7 $ AMOUNT: NCTRCA Email: /� A TXDOT e Contact P isan: Typ of Work; Name: /�,+r� r No less than OOKgnmIOK _ $ 'T611_ $5 mil h � ����� Certified t3y. `'more than $5 mil. Fax �{$ AMOUNT: /�' NCTRCA Email: A.-r, � ��,��+ 'La coo TXDOT ,/�`,'L¢rr~ ! Contact Person::ffl4,/` a Name:; 44va- ", '"� .;,Type of Work: _Yes1.'�'/ Address: A /1A "id�i / No r OOK- lose than 08K ''g s_ � 7/' ! Ali W $5 mil Phone. .�71 p Certified Hy:_,/ _°^'snore than $5 mil. FaX: j%_ 7 $AMOUNT: a tJ+..c.., NCTRCA Email: Tf�'�Y�'%i TXDOT Contact Parson: Name: � ,�„rc+r Type of Work,Yes less than Ad s:� ... r►"'-'� ��lX� �L.L: � No -! ^ $500K $2 nd1.K %ems'/ O %�S��O'fSt ����z�� h Certified By. �r `-ftrree than $5 mil. Fax: � $ AMOUNT: NCTRCA 1/ Email: 7i7 � . ! TXDOT • Contact Person: l'� Rev. 6130M I j` • -� �--- �--- �"'--- �---- r—�— i---- r--- �--,.. �..�— ���+ li..�.� t+■..� ��... 1^� Imo. IENT 1A Fob T `V"i�b T -qe2 of a �� CITY OF FC3Fii T)NORTH SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORSISUPPLIERS Check this box D if any subcontractor/suppiler is a Sole Source and Identify by writing sole source by the subcontractor/suppller name. i NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED Specify CERTIFIED DBE FIRM PREVIOUS YEARS 1 SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS Tler ANNUAL. GROSS -�^ RECEIPTS Name: Xd � . "L `r�° Type of Work. Address. Yes X /'�� Na less Ka �QOK � �JJ1.G� i°�.✓r,��`�,� / '', Phone: 403.. 8{ '-%3 j Certified By. +more than $8 mil. Fax: fq.� ����3 $AMOUNT: TXDOT NCTRCA nali: / Contact rson: As�y �d• Pfaene: r'A' .�w�. Type of Work; .��`� Yes _less than $308K Address• d, ! 7f, No _ $500K- $2 mil. �yit _ $5 mli �'"r one: .L.z GertHied By. / , r✓inore than $5 mil. Fax; Q� f $AMOUNT: NCTRCA ✓ Email: t�xlvlo-r %lTXDOT ContactPerrsoon. �'� Type of Work. / Yes less than $500K I Address: :.� r � �t % No _ - $500K - $2 mil. �t-, 7** --ram Sail _ $6 Fax ne.�� $ AMOUNT: NeCTRCAg�`` ore than $5 mil. Email: �•�-� *�fJ TXDOT .% Contact jlJamg� Type of Work: Yes !� _ less than $500K Ad ress: X,-d�v % ' ,, f/� jq•�l ?� �J No _ .. $500K - $2 mil. � _ T f /" !� _.$ I_$6mli h y. f Certified By:--M'mor+� than $S mil. F �l/T ' $ AMOUNT. NCTRCA '� Email: ��%" '' � TXDOT Contact Person."V' 4� �`""J lLecoo Rev. 5=03 11NOW loom ilk. ! ;ram !rtir A'T�►-a�.3 13 FoRT WORT CITY OF Ft?JT,1,RT1 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTI7ACT RISUPPL'IERS1 NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED spec tfy 'CERTIFIED DBE FIRM PREVIOUS YEARS ANNUAL SUBCONTRACTORSISUPPLIERS Tier GROSS RECEIPTS rBrne: Type of Work: Yes „r less than $50OK Wdress: No _ $BOOK - $2 mll. $2 mil _ $5 mil 'hone: Certified By. ,_,,,,mare than $S mil. :ax; $ AMOUNT: NCTRCA imail: TXDOT ,ontaet Person: dame: Type of Work: Yes _ _ less than $50OK kddress: No $50OK - $2 mil. . $2 mil.-$5 mil 'hone: Certified By. more than $5 mil. $ AMOUNT: NCTRGA .mail: TXDOT --- ,ontact Person: The undersigned bidder agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the DBE firms for work listed In this schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The. Intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts Is grounds for consideration of disqualification and wilt result iathe b!o being considered non-� responsive to bid specifications. R /4AL �13ES MUST RTIFIED BY THE CITY OF FO WORTH COOK 'C�ONT T AWARD (�u r!"z Signature Orin!polgnature tI Ca Title different) Co Name Phone Fax Number AdoNss Email 15h k4r %//&7 701.1 ity/Statolzip 60tie Date Rev. & W03 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airrield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 WAGE RATE DETERMINATION WAIS Document Retrieval GENERAL DECISION: TX20080043 02/08/2008 TX43 Pagel of 3 Date: February 8, 2008 we General Decision Number: TX20080043 02/08/2008 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20070045 State: Texas Construction Types: Heavy and Highway Counties: Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis., Grayson, Johnson, Kaufman, Parker, Rockwall, Tarrant and Wichita Counties in Texas. HEAVY AND HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS IN WICHITA.COUNTY ONLY. HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS ONLY FOR REMAINING COUNTIES. Modification Number Publication Date 0 02/08/2008 SUTX2004-004 11/09/2004 Rates Fringes Air Tool Operator ..............$ 10.06 0.00 Asphalt Distributor Operator ... $ 13.99 0.00 Asphalt paving machine operator$ 12.78 0.00 Asphalt Raker ..................$ 11.01 0.00 Asphalt Shoveler ...............$ 8.80 0.00 Batching Plant Weigher ......... $ 14.15 0.00 Broom or Sweeper Operator ...... $ 9.88 0.00 Bulldozer operator ...........$ 13.22 0.00 _ Carpenter ......................$ 12.80 0.00 Concrete Finisher, Paving ...... $ 12.85 0.00 Concrete Finisher, Structures..$ 13.27 0.00 Concrete Paving Curbing Machine Operator ...............$ 12.00 0.00 Concrete Paving Finishing Maching Operator ...............$ 13.63 0.00 ` Concrete Paving Joint Sealer Operator............ .........$ 12.50 0.00 Concrete Paving Saw Operator ... $ 13.56 0.00 _ Concrete Paving.Spreader Operator .......................$ 14.50 0.00 Concrete Rubber ................$ 10.61 0.00 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel Operator .......................$ 14.12 0.00 Electrician ....................$ 18.12 0.00 Flagger ........................$ 8.43 0.00 Form Builder/Setter, Structures$ 11.63 0.00 Form Setter, Paving & Curb ..... $ 11.83 0.00 Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted ................$ 13.67 0.00 Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted ..................$ 16.30 0.00 Front End Loader Operator ...... $ 12.62 0.00 _ Laborer, common ................$ 9.18 0.00 Laborer, Utility ...............$ 10.65 0.00 Mechanic .......................$ 16.97 0.00 .. Milling Machine Operator, Fine Grade .....................$ 11.83 0.00 file://H:\AFW\7250 GEC On-Call\005 Runway Shoulder Rehabilitation & Guard Light Upgrade... 5/19/2009 WAIS Document Retrieval Page 2 of 3 Mixer operator .................$ 11.58 0.00 Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade ..........................$ 15.20 0.00 Motor Grader Operator, Rough...$ 14.50 0.00 Oiler ..........................$ 14.98 0.00 Painter, Structures ............. $ 13.17 0.00 Pavement Marking Machine Operator .......................$ 10.04 0.00 Pipelayer ........ .............. $ 11.04 0.00 Reinforcing Steel Setter, Paving .........................$ 14.86 0.00 Reinforcing Steel Setter, Structure ......................$ 16.29 0.00 Roller Operator, Pneumatic, Self -Propelled .................$ 11.07 0.00 Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Flat Wheel/Tamping.............$ 10.92 0.00 Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Plant Mix Pavement .............$ 11.28 0.00 Scraper Operator ...............$ 11.42 0.00 Servicer .......................$ 12.32 0.00 Slip Form Machine operator ..... $ 12.33 0.00 Spreader Box operator .......... $ 10.92 0.00 Tractor operator, Crawler Type.$ 12.60 0.00 Tractor operator, Pneumatic .... $ 12.91 0.00 Traveling Mixer Operator ....... $ 12.03 0.00 Truck driver, lowboy -Float ..... $ 14.93 0.00 Truck driver, Single Axle, Heavy ..........................$ 11.47 0.00 Truck driver, Single Axle, Light ..........................$ 10.91 0.00 Truck Driver, Tandem Axle, Semi -Trailer ...................$ 11.75 0.00 Truck Driver, Transit -Mix ...... $ 12.08 0.00 Wagon Drill, Boring Machine, Post Hole Driller Operator ..... $ 14.00 0.00 Welder .................... ...$ 13.57 0.00 Work Zone Barricade Servicer... ---------------------------------------------------------------- $ 10.09 0.00 Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on rt file://H:\AFW\7250 GEC On-Call\005 Runway Shoulder Rehabilitation & Guard Light Upgrade... 5/19/2009 WAIS Document Retrieval a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling Page 3 of 3 On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an so interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the _ interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION file://H:\AFW\7250_GEC On-Call\005 Runway Shoulder Rehabilitation & Guard Light Upgrade... 5/19/2009 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 PROPOSAL SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O. BOX 250 PROPOSAL PONDER, TEXAS 76259 TO: Mr. Dale Fissler City Manager Fort Worth, Texas FOR: Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation - Phase 3 FAA GRANT NO. 3-48-0296-38-2009 Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders", the undersigned has thoroughly examined the ` plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Department of Engineering Director of the City of Fort Worth. Upon acceptance of this proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract -- and furnish Performance and 'Payment Bond approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing said work within the time stated and for the following sums, to -wit: dw FTW_Front_Ends.doc P-1 Preliminary BID FORM Bidder: Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Aiwort Project Description: Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation — Phase 3 Base Bid: (Runwav 16L/34R Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation) Item Spec Item Description Unit Approximate No. Quantity 00124 P-100-2.1 Mobilization — Services LS 1 00038 P-620-5.1 Marking -Runway w/Taxiway Marking — Install SF 17,000 (Yellow Reflectorized) 00038 P-620-5.1 Marking -Runway w/Taxiway Marking — Install SF 63,000 (White Reflectorized) 00040 G-700-4.1 Pavement — Remove (Asphalt Pavement SY 107 Demolition, Including Hauling) 00047 P-602-5.1 Paint & Coating -Bituminous Prime Coat — Install GAL 450 00449 TxDOT-340 Pavement-3 Inch -Type D ~ Install (Hot Mixed TON 41 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement) 00457 G-700-4.1 Pavement -Concrete — Remove ( 14 inch PCC SY 792 Airfield Pavement Demolition, Including Hauling) 00459 P-501-8.1 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing SY 792 Base — Install (14 inch Airfield Reinforced FCC) 00459 P-501-8.2 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing SY 747 ' Base — Install (Saw -Cut Grooving) Date: P SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O. BOX 250 PONDER, TEXAS 76259 Unit Price $ 7d. 000 $ $ a� $ !� 00 $ 00 $J3a o� $ �U Total Amount P-2 BID FORM Bidder: Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation — Phase 3 Item Spec Item Description No. 00460 P-628-5.1 Pavement -Crack Sealing — Install 00460 P-628-5.1 Pavement -Crack Sealing — Install (Asphalt/Concrete Joint) 00468 P-626-5.1 Pavement -Seal Coat — Install (Type In 00495 P-154-5.1 Subgrade-Flexbase — Install (6 inch Subbase Course) 00501 G-300-5.1 Sign -barricades &Traffic Routing — Install 00501 G-300-5.2 Sign -barricades &Traffic Routing — Install (Portable Lighted Runway Closure Marker) Date: SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O. BOX 250 PONDER, TEXAS 76259 Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount Quantity SY 97,416 $ LF 22,570 r �, SY 97,416 � Z� $ $O✓ SY 118 LS 1 //J��J a, .o EA 2 eo a� Total Base Bid L $ P-3 BID FORM �J,INtL/�— Bidder: C-��✓�. Date: Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Airport r Project Description: Shoulder Rehabilitation Proiect — Phase 3 SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O. BOX 250 Alternate Bid No. 1: (ARFF Station Staoina Apron Pavement Repairs) PONDER, TEXAS 76259 Item No. Spec Item Description Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount Quantity 00124 P-100-2.1 Mobilization — Services LS 1 00047 P-602-5.1 Paint & Coating -Bituminous Prime Coat — Install GAL 178 a, 00457 G-700-4.1 Pavement -Concrete — Remove ( 6 inch PCC SY 357 Pavement Demolition, Including Hauling) $ $ 00459 Item-314 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing SY 357 a„ Base — Install (8 inch Reinforced PCC) /V//1w// 00494 P-209-5.1 Subgrade-Crushed Stone — Install (8" Base SY 72 Course) $ 5� ... $ L/_1 00501 G-300-5.1 Sign -barricades &Traffic Routing.— Install LS 1 $ v/. $ 00843 TxDOT-314 Curb-7 Inch — Install LF 57 $ / f a $ Total Alternate Bid No. 1 od P-4 BID FORM Bidder: Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Shoulder Rehabilitation Proiect — Phase 3 Alternate Bid No. 2: (Runwav 16R/34L Shoulder Rehabilitation] Item Spec Item Description No. 00124 P-100-2.1 Mobilization — Services Unit Approximate Quantity LS 1 00038 P-620-5.1 Marking -Runway w/Taxiway Marking — Install SF (Yellow Reflectorized) 00040 G-700-4.1 Pavement — Remove (Asphalt Pavement SY Demolition, Including Hauling) 00047 P-602-5.1 Paint & Coating -Bituminous Prime Coat — Install GAL 00430 --- Pavement — Install (SILSPEC FLEXPATCH Patch Material Pavement Repair, Complete in Place) 00449 TxDOT-340 Pavement-3 Inch -Type D — Install (Hot Mixed Asphaltic Concrete Pavement) 00460 P-628-5.1 Pavement -Crack Sealing — Install 00460 P-628-5.1 Pavement -Crack Sealing — Install (Asphalt/Concrete Joint) 00468 P-626-5.1 Pavement -Seal Coat — Install (Type II) LS TON SY LF SY 3,170 315 156 1 120 76,081 19,565 76,081 Date: SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O. BOX 250 PONDER, TEXAS 76M Unit Price Total Amount $ 1, ow $ Z5V W�_r P-5 BID FORM Bidder: i% C��i��%G Date: Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Aimort SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. TR Project Description: Shoulder Rehabilitation Proiect —Phase 3 P.O. BOX 250 PONDER, TEXAS 76259 Item Spec No. Item Description Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount Quantity 00495 P-154-5.1 Subgrade-Flexbase — Install (6 inch Subbase SY 330 er Course) $ $ 00501 G-300-5.1 Sign -barricades &Traffic Routing — Install LS 1 a a„ 00501 G-300-5.2 Sign -barricades &Traffic Routing — Install EA 2 (Portable Lighted Runway Closure Marker) Total No. 'rlJ, 77�` 1310 Alternate Bid 2 $ P-6 BID FORM Bidder: Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Shoulder Rehabilitation Proiect — Phase 3 Alternate Bid No. 3: (Taxiwav `A' Airfield Pavement Reaairs) Item Spec Item Description No. 00124 P-100-2.1 Mobilization — Services Unit Approximate Quantity LS 1 00038 P-620-5.1 Marking -Runway w/Taxiway Marking — Install SF (Yellow Reflectorized) 00047 P-602-5.1 Paint & Coating -Bituminous Prime Coat — Install GAL 00457 G-700-4.1 Pavement -Concrete — Remove ( 14 inch PCC Airfield Pavement Demolition, Including Hauling) 00459 P-501-8.1 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing Base — Install (14 inch Airfield Reinforced PCC) 00501 G-300-5.1 Sign -barricades &Traffic Routing — Install SY SY LS Date: SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O, BOX 250 PONDER, TEXAS 76259 Unit Price Total Amount $ 4-= $ $ Q $ 40 �lop 4! e� $ $ Total Alternate Bid No. 3 $ �/� �7P e+� 50 42 84 84 1 P-7 I 1 ! t I i I I 1 I 1 I L II I BID FORM Bidder:!/ L+��� �_/� Date: Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Shoulder Rehabilitation Proiect — Phase 3 SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O. BOX 250 Alternate Bid No. 4: (Taxiwav 'H' Airfield Pavement Reoairs) PONDER, TEXAS 76259 Item Spec Item Description Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount No. Quantity 00124 P-100-2.1 Mobilization — Services LS 1 Ao— 00038 P-620-5.1 Marking -Runway w/Taxiway Marking — Install SF (Yellow Reflectorized) 00047 P-602-5.1 Paint & Coating -Bituminous Prime Coat — Install G 00430 --- Pavement — Install (SH SPEC FLEXPATCH LS Patch Material Pavement Repair, Complete in Place) 00457 G-700-4.1 Pavement -Concrete — Remove ( 14 inch PCC SY Airfield Pavement Demolition, Including Hauling) 00459 P-501-8.1 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing SY Base — Install (14 inch Airfield Reinforced PCC) 00501 G-300-5.1 Sign -barricades &Traffic Routing — Install LS AL 400 104 1 $ / �✓ , � 208 $ $ 9 208 / 1 Total Alternate Bid No. 4 $ 0,0 P-8 t C i 1 I i BID FORM Bidder:�t/�L Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Shoulder Rehabilitation Proiect — Phase 3 Alternate Bid No. 5: (Aircraft Parkina Aaron Pavement Reaairs) Item Spec Item Description No. 00124 P-100-2.1 Mobilization — Services Date: _4/KI� SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O. BOX 250 PONDER, TEXAS 76259 Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount Quantity LS 1 00047 P-602-5.1 Paint & Coating -Bituminous Prime Coat — Install GAL 115 $ $ 00430 --- Pavement — Install (SILSPEC FLEXPATCH LS :1 Patch Material Pavement Repair, Complete in $ / $ /�� Place) 00457 G-700-4.1 Pavement -Concrete — Remove ( 14 inch PCC Airfield Pavement Demolition, Including SY 228 Iwo $ $ Hauling) 00457 G-700-4.1 Pavement -Concrete — Remove ( 18 inch PCC SY 3 Airfield Pavement Demolition, Including $ _C� $ Hauling) 00459 P-501-8.1 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing SY 228 a e o0 V Base - Install (14 inch Airfield Reinforced PCC) $ `� $ �y3 00459 P-501-8.1 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing SY 3 Base — Install (18 inch Airfield Reinforced PCC) $ C/ $ 00501 G-300-5.1 Sign -barricades &Traffic Routing — Install LS 1 Total Alternate Bid No. 5 $9 P-9 BID FORM Bidder: Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Aimort Project Description: Shoulder Rehabilitation Proiect — Phase 3 Alternate Bid No. 6: (AOA Entrance Gate Pavement Repairs] Item Spec Item Description No. 00124 P-100-2.1 Mobilization — Services Unit Approximate Quantity TS 1 00047 P-602-5.1 Paint & Coating -Bituminous Prime Coat — Install G 00433 TxDOT-672 Pavement Marking -Lane Markers Type II-AA-4— EA Install 00436 TxDOT-672 Pavement Marking -Lane Markers Type Y-4 — EA Install 00457 G-700-4.1 Pavement -Concrete — Remove ( 6 inch PCC SY Pavement Demolition, Including Hauling) 00459 Item-314 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing SY Base — Install (6 inch Reinforced PCC) 00501 G-300-5.1 Sign -barricades &Traffic Routing — Install LS, 00843 TxDOT-314 Curb-7 Inch — Install LF Date: SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O. BOX 250 PONDER, TEXAS 76259 Unit Price Total Amount AL 65 2 all, 129 129 _ $ 16V $ /- foo 1 4t � 61 / 010 $ /a $ Total Alternate Bid No. 6 $ "j /J P-10 P-10 SILVER CREEK CONX 2RL CTION, INC. The Bidder shall write out each bid in words on the lines provided below: PONDER, TEXAS 76259 TOTAL BASE BID: TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 1: TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 2: TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 3: TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 4: 44197-t- TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 5: s ,�����:�K��� .�!%D'L�'°r�-�� /� ���� �Tw�/�i�k✓% ��"'"'� �N �/ a+V"/ .� TOTA ALTERNATE BID No. 6: In case of a discrepancy the amount shown in words shall govern. FTW_Front Ends.doc P-11 SILVER CREEK ON 250 CTION, INC. STATEMENT OF MATERIALS AND OTHER CHARGES PONDER, TEXAS76259 TOTAL BASE BID: . oe *MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT: coo ALL OTHER CHARGES: $ 4-�7-0' 3-7v a� TOTAL BASE BID: $ 7 TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 1: *MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT: $ Ole ALL OTHER CHARGES: $ TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 1: $ TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 2: *MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT: $ ALL OTHER CHARGES: $ TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 2: $ 4 l�X, � TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 3: *MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT: $ ALL OTHER CHARGES: $ a� TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 3: + $ Zy: t7q oy TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 4: *MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT: $ ALL OTHER CHARGES: $ TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 4: ' $ 2 TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 5: *MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT: $ ! �QDa ALL OTHER CHARGES: $Z, TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 5: $ FT1N Front Ends.doc P-12 TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 6: *MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT: $ ALL OTHER CHARGES: $ TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 6: ` $� *These totals must agree with the total figure shown in the Proposal for the Total Base Bid, Total Alternate Bid No. 1, Total Alternate Bid No. 2, Total Alternate Bid No. 3, Total Alternate Bid No. 4, Total Alternate Bid No. 5 and Total Alternate Bid No. 6, respectively. For purposes of complying with the Texas Tax Code, the Contractor agrees that the charges for any material incorporated into the project in the excess of the estimated quantity provided for here in will be no less than the invoice price for such material to the Contractor. Contract will be awarded solely at the Owner's discretion to the Lowest Qualified Bidder for the Base Bid or any combination of the Base Bid plus Alternate(s), which ever combination is most advantageous to the City. The Bid Form must be completed and submitted In its entirety. Failure to complete the Bid Form will render the bidder as non- responsive. At the Owner's discretion, the Owner reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. Complete the following statements by the 'ng the appropriate space. The Bidder (Proposer) has has not participated in a previous contract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause prescribed by Executive Order 109225, or Executive Order 11114, or Executiv Order 11246. The Bidder (Proposer) has has not submitted all compliance reports in connection with any such contract due under the applicable filing requirements; and that representations indicating submission of required compliance reports signed by proposed subcontractors will be obtained prior to award of subcontracts. If the Bidder (Proposer) has participated in a previous contract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause and has not submitted compliance reports due under applicable filing requirements, the Bidder (Proposer) shall submit a compliance report on Standard form 100 "Employee information Report EEO — 1 " prior to the award of this contract. Standard form 100 is normally furnished to contractors annually, based on a mailing list currently maintained by the Joint Reporting Committee. In the event a contractor has not received the form, he may obtain it by writing to the Joint Reporting Committee, 1800 G Street, Washington, DC, 20506. The Bidder assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractor or employment agency is either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited of the terms of City Ordinance NO.7278, as amended by City Ordinance NO. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-21 through 13-A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. SILVER CREEP 0 ON R CTION, INC. PONDER, TEXAS 76259 FTW Front Ends.doc P-13 Bidder hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" for each selected bid and to fully complete the selected project selected scope(s) within the Allotted Calendar Days as described below: Base Bid--------------------------------------- 75 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 1 30 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 2 ------------ 60 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 3 30 Calendar. Days Alternate Bid No. 4 30 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. S 30 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 6 ----- 45 Calendar Days Bidder further agrees ,to pay liquidated damages in the amount of $100.000.00/dav for each consecutive day, or portion or a day, that RW-16U34R is not available for operations between the period of October 19, 2009 to October 28, 2009. In addition the contractor agrees to pay liquidated damages in the amount of $100.000.00 for each occurrence that service on RW 16U34R is interrupted between the dates of October 19, 2009 and October 28, 2009. Bidder further agrees to pay liquidated damages in the sum of $2.000.00 for each consecutive calendar day to complete the work contained in the Base Bid beyond the allotted time or as extended by an approved Change Order. Bidder further agrees to pay liquidated damages in the sum of $500.00 for each consecutive calendar day to complete the work contained in Alternate Bid No. 1, Alternate Bid No. 2, Alternate Bid No. 3, Alternate Bid No. 4, Alternate Bid No. 5 and Alternate Bid No. 6 beyond the allotted time or as extended by an approved Change Order. The Bidder agrees to pay not less than the "Prevailing Wage Rates for Highway Construction" as established by the City of Fort Worth and not less than the wage rates stated in General Wage Decision NO. TX 20080043 Issued by the U.S. Department of Labor. M The Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding. The Bidder agrees this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30 days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. ` Within ten (10) days of receipt of the written "Notice of Award", the bidder will execute the formal contract agreement and deliver a surety bond or bonds as required under the contract documents. The bid security attached in the sum of /� x� Cam' �' % Dollars ($ �/ e/ X4 is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth in the event the contract is not executed as set forth in the contract documents as liquidated damages for the delay and additional expense caused thereby. SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O. BOX 250 PONDER, TEXAS 76259 FTW Front Ends.doc P-14 7Res77ubmiltted/,� By:eel By: (Type or print name) Title: Address: >�Y Date: �✓ �� Receipt is hereby acknowledged of t7eW wing ad enda: Addendum No. 1 d�a Addendum No. 2 Addendum No. 3 Addendum No. 4 Addendum No. 5 SILVER CREEK CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O. BOX 250 FTW Front Ends.doc P-15 PONDER, TEXAS 76259 BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE (JAN 1991) By submitting a bid/proposal under this solicitation, except for those items listed by the Offer or below or on a separate and clearly identified attachment to this bid/proposal, the offer or certifies that steel and each manufactured product, is produced in the United States (as defined in the clause Buy American - Steel and Manufactured Products or Buy American - Steel and Manufactured products For Construction Contracts) and that components of unknown origin are considered to have been produced or manufactured outside the United States. Attached is a list of articles, materials, and supplies excepted from this provision. PRODUCT COUNTRY OF ORIGIN BAC-1 List of Supplies/Materials that the U.S. Government Has Determined Are Not Produced In the United States In Sufficient and Reasonably Available Quantities And of Sufficient Quality (Jan 1991) Diamonds, industrial, stones and abrasives Acetylene, black Emetine, bulk ` Agar, bulk Ergot, crude Anise Erthrityl tetranitrate Antimony, as metal or oxide Fair linen, altar Asbestos, amosite, chrysolite and Fibers of the following types: crodidolite abaca, abace, agave, coir, flax, Bananas jute, jute burlaps, palmyra and sisal Bauxite Goat and kidskins Beef, comed and canned Graphite, natural, crystalline Beef extract crucible grade 8ephenium Hydroxynapthoate Handsewing needles Bismuth Hemp yarn Books, trade, text, Hog bristles for brushes technical, scientific; Hyoscine, bulk newspapers; pamphlets; Ipecac, root magazines; periodicals; Iodine, crude printed briefs and films; Kaudgum ' not printed in the United States Lac and for which domestic editions Leather, sheepskin, hair type are not available Lavender oil Brazil nuts, unroasted Manganese Cadmium, ores and flue dust Menthol, natural bulk Calcium cyanamide Mica - Capers Microprocessor chips (brought onto a Cashew nuts construction site as separate units for Castor beans and castor oil incorporation into building systems during Chalk, English construction or repair and alteration of real Chestnuts property) Chicle Nickel, primary, in ingots, pigs, shots, Chrome ore or chromite cathodes or similar forms; nickel oxide Cinchone bark and nickel salts Cobalt, in cathodes, Nitroguanidine (also known as picrite) rondelles, or other primary Nux vomica, crude ore and metal forms Oiticica oil Cocoa beans Olive oil Coconut and coconut meat, Olives (green), pitted or unpitted, or stuffed, , unsweetened, in shredded, in bulk desiccated or similarly Opium, crude prepared form Oranges, mandarin, canned - Coffee, raw or green bean Petroleum, crude oil, .unfinished oils, and Colchicine alkaloid, raw finished products (see definitions below) Copra Pine needle oil Cork, wood or bark and waste Platinum and related group metals, Cover glass, microscope slide refined, as sponge, powder, ingots, Cryolite, natural or cast bars Dammar gum BAC-2 List of Supplies/Materials that the U.S. Government Has Determined Are Not Produced In the United States In Sufficient and Reasonably Available Quantities And of Sufficient Quality (Jan 1991) CONTINUED Pyrethrum flowers Quartz crystals Quebracho Quinidine Quinine Rabbit fur felt Radium salts, source and special nuclear materials Rosettes Rubber, crude and latex Rutile Santonin, crude Secretin Shellac Silk, raw and unmanufactured Spare and replacement parts for equipment of foreign manufacture, and for which domestic parts are not available Spices and herbs, bulk Sugars, raw Petroleum terms are used as follows: Swords and scabbards Talc, block, steatite Tantalum Tapioca flour and cassava Tartar, crude; tartaric acid and cream of tartar in bulk Tea in bulk Thread, metallic (gold) Thyme oil Tin in bars, blocks and pigs Triprolidine hydrochloride Tungsten Vanilla beans Venom, cobra Wax, canauba Woods; logs, veneer, and lumber of the following species: Alaskan yellow cedar, angelique, balsa, ekki, greenhart, lignum vitae, mahogany and teak Yarn, 50 Denier rayon "Crude Oil" means crude petroleum, as it is produced at the wellhead, and liquids (under atmospheric conditions) that have been recovered from mixtures of hydrocarbons that existed in a vaporous phase in a reservoir and that are not natural gas products. "Finished products" means any one or more of the following petroleum oils, or a mixture of combination of these oils, to be used without further processing except blending by mechanical means: (A) "Asphalt'- a solid or semi -solid cementitious material that (1) gradually liquefies when heated, (2) has bitumens as its predominating constituents, and (3) is obtained in refining crude oil. (B) "Fuel oil" - a liquid or liquefiable petroleum product burned or lighting or for the generation of heat or power and derived directly or indirectly from crude oils, such as kerosene, range oil, distillate fuel oils, gas oil, diesel fuel, topped crude oil or residues. (C) "Gasoline" - a refined petroleum distillate that, by its consumption, is suitable for use as a carburant in internal combustion engines. (D) "Jet fuel" - a refined petroleum distillate used to fuel jet propulsion engines. BAG3 (E) "Liquified gases" - hydrocarbon gases recovered from natural gas or produced form petroleum refining and kept under pressure to maintain a liquid state at ambient temperatures. (F) "Lubricating oil' - a refined petroleum distillate or specially treated petroleum residue used to lessen friction between surfaces. (G) "Naphtha" - a refined petroleum distillate falling within a distillation range overlapping the higher gasoline and the lower kerosenes. (H) "Natural gas products" - liquids (under atmospheric conditions) including natural gasoline, that (1) are recovered by a process of absorption, absorption, compression, refrigeration, cycling, or a combination of these processes, form mixtures oh hydrocarbons that existed in a vaporous phase in a reservoir, and (2) when recovered and without processing in a refinery, definitions of products contained In subdivisions (B), (C), and (G) above. (1) "Residual fuel oil' - a topped crude oil or viscous residuum that, as obtained in refining or after blending with other fuel oil, meets or is the equivalent of MILSPEC Mil-F-859 for Navy Special Fuel Oil and any more viscous fuel oil, such as NO.5 or Bunker C. "Unfinished oils" means one or more of the petroleum oils listed under "Finished products" above, or a mixture or combination of these oils, that are to be further processed other than by blending by mechanical means. BAC-4 TRADE RESTRICTION CLAUSE 49 CFR PART 30 The Contractor by submission of an offer and or execution of a contract, certifies that it: a. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR); b. has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a person that is a citizen or national of a foreign country on said list, or is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on said list; c. has not procured any product or subcontracted for the supply of any product for use on the project that is produced in a foreign country on said list. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17, no contact shall be awarded to a Contractor of Subcontractor who is unable to certify the above. If the Contractor knowingly procures or subcontracts for the supply of any product or service of a foreign country on said list for use on the project, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Owner cancellation of the contract at no cost to the Government. Further, the Contractor agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in each contract and in all lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor may rely o the certification of a prospective Subcontractor unless it has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. The Contractor shall provide immediate written notice to the Owner if the Contractor learns that its certification or that of a Subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. The Subcontractor agrees to provide written notice to the Contractor if at any time it learns that its certification has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance as placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Contractor or Subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Owner cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Government. Nothing contained in the forgoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information of a Contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. TRC-1 This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States of America and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, United States Code, Section 1001. Title: l Address: �d ✓ /a Date: e'llZS �� 1 TRC-2 CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION 49 CFR PART 29 The Bidder certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily,excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. It further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause without modification in all lower tier transactions, solicitations, proposals, contracts, and subcontracts. Where the Bidder or any lower tier participant is unable to certify to this statement, it shall attach an explanation to this solicitation/proposal. Title: Address: Oed / Aw, Date: CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES 41 CFR 60-1.8 The Federally Assisted construction Contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide, for his employees, any segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally -assisted construction Contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause in this Contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms, and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated on the basis of race, color, religion. or national origin because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The federally -assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause and that he will retain such certification in his files. s By Titl e: Address: Od Arz �S a Date: VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed House Bill 620 relative to the award of contracts to nonresident bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident bidders (out -of -State contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required too underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all out -of -State or nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of out -of -State or nonresident contractors to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Nonresident vendors in (give State), our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by State law. A copy of the Statute is attached. Nonresident vendors in (give State), our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the State of Texas. 41 BIDDER: - lz*4V 44k,��, -1: �- By-,�1�45- // r (Please print) City State Zip Si ature: Title: ( lease print) THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH YOUR QUOTATION CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS Date: NAME OF PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT (Name and Address of Insured) is, at the date of this certificate, Insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the type of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this Company, and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSSL&ANCE Policy NO. Effective Expires Limits of Liability Worker's Compensation Comprehensive General Bodily Injury: Liability Insurance Ea. Occurrence: $ (Public Liability) Property Damage: Ea Occurrence: $ Blasting Ea. Occurrence: $ Collapse of Buildings or structures adjacent to Ea. Occurrence: $ excavations Damage to Underground Utilities Ea. Occurrence: $ Builder's Risk Bodily Injury: Comprehensive Ea. Person: $ Automobile Ea. Occurrence: $ _ Liability Property Damage: Ea Occurrence: $ Bodily Injury: Contractual Liability Ea. Occurrence: $ Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ Other Locations covered: Description of operations covered: The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than five (5) days after the insured has received written notice of such change/or cancellation. City of Fort Worth is named additional insured with respect to general liability of this project. Where applicable local laws or regulations require more than five (5) days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured, the above policies contain such special requirements, either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached. AQencv Fort Worth Agent By Address Title CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C.A. Labor Code §406.96 (2000), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides workers' compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering Project No. 5516. CO=CTO& /4 Name://✓ems �` ���'`�'�� Title: Date: STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § Be ore me, thg undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared �.4Zc%%✓ known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing inskjpent, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. Given Under My Hand and Seal of Office thjoQday of f , 20 / 14 otary Public in and for the State of Texas Michael Van Biggers _ Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: N;;' Decambor 1, 2009 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE List of Equipment owned by Bidder that is in serviceable condition and available for use: Portions of work Bidder proposes to sublet in case of Award of Contracts including amount and type: EXPERIENCE RECORD List of projects your organization has successfully completed: Amount Of Contract Type of Work Date Accepted Name and Address of Owner Award List of projects your organization is now engaged in completing: Amount Of Contract Award - 7 -0"*� n" 75V 40 ME Type of Work Anticipated Date of Completion 4 �Az 7 � y List Surety Bonds in force on above incomplete work: Date of Contract Award Type of Work Bond �G Amount of Bond $s'���� — Name and Address of Owner Name and Address of Surety Alliance Airport Airrield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 BONDS PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO.105254027 THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, (1) Silver Creek Construction. Inc as Principal herein, and (2) TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA a corporation organized under the laws of the State of (3) CONNECTICUT and who is authorized to issue surety bonds in the State of Texas, Surety herein, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee herein, in the sum of One Million Two Hundred Fortv-two Thousand One Hundred Sixty nine Dollars and Fifty Cents ($1,242,169.50) for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the I Ith day of August, 2009, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes, for the construction of Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation — Phase 3 at Alliance Airport. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such, if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents and shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the Obligee from all costs and damages which Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal's default, and reimburse and repay Obligee for all outlay and expense that Obligee may incur in making good such default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED and SEALED this 11a' day of August, 2009. ATT ST: (Princip ) Secretary Wd (SEAL) Witness as to Principal ATTEST: Secretary (SEAL) itness as to Surety JOHN O'SULLIVAN Silver Creek Construction. Inc. PR �y: %- Name: Travis H. Carinon:11 - Title: Presj pnt Addr TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA S I TY Bya Name: DENNIS M. DESCANT,�UR:-- Attomey in Fact_ Address: 1500 MARKET STREE-T WEST TOWER. SUITE 2900 PHILADELPHIA, PA 19102 Telephone Number: (267) 675-3130 NOTE: (1) Correct name of Principal (Contractor). (2) Correct name of Surety. (3) State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated. In addition, an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attomey-in-Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. I I PAYMENT BOND BOND NO.105254027 THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, (1), Silver Creek Construction, Inc. as Principal herein, and (2) TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of (3) CONNECTICUT , as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee herein, in the amount of One Million Two Hundred Fortv- two Thousand One Hundred Sixtv-nine Dollars and Fifty Cents ($ 1.242.169.50) the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the 1 Vh day of August , 2009, which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as if fully and to the same extent as if copied at length, for the following project: Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation — Phase 3 at Fort Worth Alliance Airport. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully make payment to each and every claimant (as defined in Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended) supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work under the contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED and SEALED this 1 la' day of August , 2009. ATTEST: �_ tY). (Princip Secretary (SEAL) Witness as to Principal ATTEST: Secretary Silver Creek Construction. Inc. kY:PR Name: Travis H. Carmon, II Title: Pres*nt Addre TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF APf€Q' CPS SU TY - - By: -? Name: DENNIS M. DESCANT, JR. Attorney in Fact (S E A L) Address: 1500 MARKET STREET WEST TOWER, SUITE 2900 n.�PHILADELPHIA, PA 19102 z�l ess as to Surety Telephone Number: (267) 675-3130 JOHN O'SULLIVAN NOTE: (1) Correct name of Principal (Contractor). (2) Correct name of Surety. (3) State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated. In addition, an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney -in -Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. r• s MAINTENANCE BOND BOND NO. 105254027 THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That Silver Creek Construction, Inc ("Contractor"), as principal, and, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF SW;68ration organized under the laws of the State of CONNECTICUT , ("Surety"), do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, a Municipal Corporation chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of Texas, ("City") in Tarrant County, Texas, the sum of One Million Two Hundred Fortv- two Thousand One Hundred Sixtv-nine Dollars and Fiftv Cents ($1.242.169.50), lawful money of the United States, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City and its successors, said Contractor and Surety do hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, assigns and successors, jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned, however, that: WHEREAS, said Contractor has this day entered into a written Contract with the City of Fort Worth, dated the 11t' of Auaust , 2009, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for the performance of the following described public improvements: Wield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation — Phase 3. the same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as project number(s) 3-48-0296-38-2009 and said contract, including all of the specifications, conditions, addenda, change orders and written instruments referred to therein as Contract Documents being incorporated herein and being made a part hereof; and, WHEREAS, in said Contract, Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will remain in good repair and condition for and during a period of after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work in good repair and condition for said term of Two (2) vears; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part at any time within said period, if in the opinion of the Director of the City of Fort Worth Department of Aviation it be necessary; and, WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself, upon receiving notice of the need therefore to repair or reconstruct said Work as herein provided. NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain, repair or reconstruct said Work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract, these presents shall be null and void, and have no force or effect. Otherwise, this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the City shall have and recover from Contractor and Surety damages in the premises as prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be a continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in 4 counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, this 11t' day of Auqust , A.D. 2009. ATTEST: (S E A L) ®\. *► �� Secretary ATTEST: (S E A L) r � ecretary M .R Silver Creek Construction. Inc. PRIN y: ame: T vis H. Cannon. II I Title: President TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA Surety By: (/ _ Name: DENNIS M. DESCANT, JR. Title: ATTORNEY -IN -FACT 1500 MARKET STREET, WEST TOWER, SUITE 2900 PHILADELPHIA, PA 19102 Address I A WARNING. THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID Wn?C]IlTTHE RED BORDER - TRAVELERS POWER OF ATTORNEY BOND NO. 105254027 Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company '+ Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Mravelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Attorney -In Fact No. 218867 Certificate No.0 0 17 3 4 9 6 6 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Jeffrey L. Brady, Edwin W. Chapman, Kelly Gerland, Lanette E. Bauer, and Dennis M. Descant Jr. .i of the City of Houston , State of Texas , their true and lawful Atiomey(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. 1 1 Oth IN 9$ VVHiEIt ?Y jhe Com%6i have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this .lYly- - �- "LIJU tr = Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company 1 - : Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company INSG9 Jat.:X S4g9 0J� TY AMO eG El,.SEL/oSSALK" AtN State of Connecticut By: 111 City of Hartford ss. , GeorgThompson, nor ice Resident On this the 10th day of July 2007 before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that be, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. G.TET ,, ,' In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. U►A VW lk C My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2011. n ,oG {► Marie C. Tetteault, Notary Public 58440-8-06 Printed in U.S.A. WAfINING, THIS POWER OF ATTO-MVEY IS INVALID WITHOLITTHB RE�a BORDER 4-jNINU' DIGS PUYY =R OF KI-1UNIA:V IYINVALILPIMLuY IHENED BORDER ft This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemmty, and o�angs-ollg—atmy in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or con ttt untie 'ng, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may —. delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is .. FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. 1, Kori M. Johanson, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been ` revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this 11 TH day of AUGUST 09_'. _— Kori M. JohansJu%Assistant Secretary _ GASU�� SlnEiy �F10.E 6 ��M „I MfG P� IN94q JA�TY 4', f riab�v�` >a::kC}'-5Yr"8.P..O.1„RL. ALr�Q'a`•.••'�'ps aa y i to ��fa0 To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.stpaultravelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney -In -Face number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. W WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER Travele7rs"07 IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBTAIN INFORMATION OR MAKE A COMPLAINT: You may contact Travelers Casualty & Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty & Surety Company, Travelers Indemnity Company, Standard Fire Insurance Company and/or Farmington Casualty Company for information or to make a complaint at: Travelers Bond Attn: Claims 1500 Market Street West Tower, Suite 2900 Philadelphia, PA 19102 (267) 675-3130 (267) 675-3102 Fax You may contact the Texas D epartment of Insurance to obtain the information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: Texas Department of Insurance P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 (800) 252-3439 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND. This notice is for information only and does not become a part or a condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Section 2253-021, Government Code, and Section 53.202, Property Code, effective September 1, 2001. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 CONTRACT OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOWN ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § This Contract is made and entered into this the lhb day of August, 2009, by and between the City of Fort Worth, a home -rule municipal corporation situated in _ Tarrant, Denton, Parker, and Wise Counties, Texas, hereinafter referred to as "Owner," by and through its duly authorized Assistant City Manager, and Silver Creek Construction, Inc. hereinafter referred to as "Contractor," by and through its duly authorized representative. WITNESSETH: That Owner and Contractor agree as follows: 1. That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation -Phase 3 2. That the Contract Documents shall consist of the written, printed, typed and drawn instruments which comprise and govern the performance of the work. Said Contract Documents include, but are not limited to, the notice to bidders, instructions to bidders, special instructions to bidders, addenda to the notice to bidders, proposal, plans, specifications, maps, blueprints, notice of award, general conditions, special conditions, supplementary conditions, general provisions, special provisions, work order(s), this Contract and the payment, performance, and maintenance bonds. The Contract Documents shall also include any and all supplemental agreements approved by the Owner which may be necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of the plans and specifications in an acceptable manner, and shall also include the additional instruments bound herewith. 3. That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools, appliances, materials, supplies, superintendence, insurance, bonds and equipment necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the Contract Documents prepared at the direction of the Owner. The Contract Documents are incorporated by this reference and made a part of this Contract • - as if written herein. — OFFICIAL RECORD = STY SECRETARY Page 1 of 5 . °FORTH, TX The Contractor hereby agrees and binds itself to commence the construction of said work within ten (10) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Owner and to complete same within the time stated in its proposal. 5. The Contractor hereby agrees to prosecute said work with reasonable diligence after the commencement thereof and to fully complete and finish the same ready for the inspection and approval of the Aviation Department, the Department of Transportation and Public Works of the City of Fort Worth and the City Council of the City of Fort Worth within the period of time as described below. Base Bid --------------------------------------------- 75 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 2------------------------------- 60 Calendar Days Alternate Bid No. 4------------------------------- 30 Calendar Days If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the general conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter become due him, the sum of $100.000.00/dav for each consecutive calendar day, or portion of a day , that RW- 16L/34R is not available for operations between the period of October 19, 2009 to October 28, 2009. In addition the Contractor agrees to pay liquidated damages in the amount of $100,000.00 for each occurrence that service of RW 16L/34R is interrupted between the dates of October 19, 2009 and October 28, 2009 and the sum of $2,000.00 per calendar day to complete the work contained in the Base Bid and the sum of $500.00 for each consecutive calendar day to complete the work contained in Alternate Bid No. 2 and Alternate Bid No. 4, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency. Cl Should the Contractor fail to begin the work herein provided for within the time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of the plans, specifications and other Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to either (1) demand that the Contractor's surety take over the work and complete same in accordance with the plans, specifications and other Contract Documents or (2) to take charge of and complete the work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if in the completion thereof, the cost to Owner shall exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the Contract Documents, the Contractor and/or its surety shall pay Owner upon its demand in a writing, setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof, said excess cost. 7. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, UFFICiAL REC#,- Page 2 of 5 CITY SECRETARY .` CT WORTH, TX N The Contractor hereby agrees and binds itself to commence the construction of said work within ten (10) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Owner and to complete same within the time stated in its proposal. 7 5. \Wks ractor hereby agrees to prosecute said work with reas nable diligence after thcement thereof and to fully complete and finish the ame ready for the inspectpproval of the Aviation Department, the Departrn t of Transportation and Pus of the City of Fort Worth and the City Cou it of the City of Fort Wortheriod of time as described below. -------------------------------------------75 Cal dar Days Bi No. 2-------------------------------30 C endar Days Bid o. 4------------------------------- 30 Calendar Days If the Contracto should fail to complete e work as set forth in the Plans, Specifications and other ontract Documents w' in the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as rovided in the gen al conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may th eafter become due him, the sum of $100,000.00/dav for each co ecutive cale dar day, or portion of a day , that RW- 16L/34R is not available for o erations etween the period of October 19, 2009 to October 28, 2009. In addition t e Con actor agrees to pay liquidated damages in the amount of $100,000.00 for each o u nce that service of RW 16L/34R is interrupted between the dates of October 19, 20 and October 28, 2009 and the sum of $2,000.00 per calendar day to complete the wo ontained in the Base Bid and the sum of $500.00 for each consecutive calendar day t co lete the work contained in Alternate Bid No. 2 and Alternate Bid No. 4, not as penalt but as liquidated damages, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the wner for s h deficiency. 6. Should the Contra or fail to begin the w k herein provided for within the time ad herein fixed /'in rry and complete the same ccording to the true meaning of the intent and teth plans, specifications and o er Contract Documents, then the Owner shall h'ght to either (1) demand that th Contractor's surety take over the work and coa in accordance with the plans, s ecifications and other Contract Documents otake charge of and complete the wo in such a manner as it may deem proper, the completion thereof, the cost to Ow er shall exceed the contract price or priceh in the Contract Documents, the Contra for and/or its surety shall pay Owner demand in a writing, setting forth and pecifying an itemized statement of t cost thereof, said excess cost. 7. .. /expse, actor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless d defend, at its own the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and a ainst any and all clsuits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, inc ding death, arisin, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed ereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or i vitees, Page 2 of 5 T .s � whether or not any such injury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants, or emplovees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such injury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's + liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Owner, if deemed appropriate, may refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work projects from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City of Fort Worth contract. 8. Owner agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work, and for all additions thereto or deductions therefrom, the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the Contractor hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total Contract amount shall be One Million Two Hundred Forty-two - Thousand One Hundred Sixty-nine Dollars and Fifty Cents ($1,242,169.50). a It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone by Contractor without the written consent of the Owner. 10. The Contractor agrees to pay at least the minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is classified, promulgated and set out by the City of Fort Worth, Texas, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof the same as if it were copied verbatim herein. 11. OFFICIAL RECORD ITY SECRETARY 7, WORTH, TX Page 3 of 5 - Md i i i M It is mutually agreed and understood that this Contract is made and entered into by the parties hereto with references to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas governing all matters affecting this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same. (remainder of page intentionally left blank) OFFICIAL RECORD � CITY SECRETARY �7. WORTH, TX Page 4 of 5 OR IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have made and executed this Contract in multiple originals the day and year first above written, in Fort Worth, Tarrant .. County, Texas. J CITY OF FORT WORTH: T.M. Higgins Assistant City Manager RECOMMENDED: Kenneth L. Penney, Jr. Airport Systems Director ATTEST: Marty Hendrix City Secretary Authorization Date: 17 11 1 I C)CA APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY: MW Am Assistant ity Attorney 4W Page 5 of 5 Silver Cre k Constru ion Inc. Trav�H. Cannon, II President State, Zip � �� OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY . WORTH, TX r Fort Worth Alliance Alrport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 PART I — SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART SPECIAL PROVISIONS General Scope. It is the intent that the work included in the contract shall include Airfield Pavement • Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation - Phase 3, and related work, at the Airport. 1. Amount of Liquidated Damages. The amount of liquidated damages determined in accordance with Section 80-08 "Failure to Complete On Time" shall be $100,000.00/dav for each consecutive day, or portion or a day, that RW-16U34R is not available for operations between the period of October 19, 2009 to October 28, 2009. In addition the contractor agrees to pay liquidated damages in the amount of $100.000.00 for each occurrence that service on RW 16U34R is interrupted between the dates of October 19, 2009 and October 28, 2009, $2.000.00 per calendar day to complete the work contained in the Base Bid and $500.00 for each consecutive calendar day to complete the work contained in Alternate Bid No.1, Alternate Bid No. 2, Alternate Bid No. 3, Alternate Bid No. 4, Alternate Bid No. 5 and Alternate Bid No. 6. 2. Warranty of Construction. In addition to any other warranties set out elsewhere in this contract, the Contractor warrants that work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect of equipment, material or design furnished, or workmanship performed by the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Suppliers at any tier. Such warranty shall continue for a period of two years from the date of final acceptance of the work, but with respect to any part of the work which warranty shall continue for a period of Two (2) Years from the date City of Fort Worth takes possession. Under this warranty, the Contractor shall remedy at own expense any such failure to conform or any such defect. In addition, the Contractor shall remedy at his own expense any damage to City of Fort Worth owned or controlled real or personal property, when that damage is the result of the Contractor's failure to conform to contract requirements or any such defect of equipment, material, workmanship or design. The Contractor shall also restore any work damaged in fulfilling the terms of this clause. The Contractor's warranty with respect to work repaired or replaced hereunder will run for two year from the date of such repair or replacement. The City of Fort Worth shall notify the Contractor in writing within a reasonable time after the discovery of any failure, defect or damage. Should the Contractor fail to remedy any failure, defect or damage described in (a) above within reasonable time after receipt of notice thereof, the City of Fort Worth shall have the right to replace, repair or otherwise remedy such failure, defect, or damage at the _. Contractor's expense. In addition to the other rights and remedies provided by this clause, all subcontractors', manufacturers' and suppliers' warranties expressed or implied, respecting any work and materials shall, at the direction of the City of Fort Worth, be enforced by the Contractor for the benefit of the City of Fort Worth. In such case, if the Contractor's warranty under (a) above has expired, any suit directed by the City of Fort Worth to subcontractor's, manufacturer's or supplier's warranty shall be at the expense of the City of Fort Worth. The FTW Front Ends.doc 1-1 Contractor shall obtain any warranties which the subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers would give in normal commercial practice. If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall require any such warranties to be executed in writing to the City of Fort Worth. Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause, unless such a defect is caused by the negligence of the Contractor or his subcontractors or suppliers at any tier, the Contractor shall not be liable for the repair of any defects of i material or design furnished by the City of Fort Worth for the repair of any damage which results from any such defect in the City of Fort Worth furnished material or design. Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents, nor partial or entire occupancy of the premises by the City of Fort Worth, shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the _ Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work. The City of Fort Worth will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 3. Parkina of Construction Equipment. At night and during all other periods of time when - equipment is not being actively used on the construction work, the Contractor shall park the equipment at locations which are approved by the Engineer and/or as directed by the Airport Manager. The Contractor shall provide adequate barricades, markers and lights to protect the City of Fort Worth, Texas, Alliance Airport, the public and the other work. All barricades, lights and markers must meet the requirements of these specifications and must be approved by the Engineer. 4. Access Routes. Staaina Areas and Storaae Areas. The staging area will be as shown on the construction plans. All haul roads and access routes and the location of any additional staging areas and storage areas will be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining and repairing all roads and other facilities used during construction. Upon completion of the project, all existing roads shall be left in a condition equal to that at the time the Contractor commences work on this project. ` 5. Water for Construction. Water for construction will be obtained from the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall provide a meter to measure water consumption and shall pay the City of Fort Worth for water consumed. 6. Coordination of Work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate his work with any public or private utility engaged in the installation of new or adjustment of existing facilities on or adjacent to the project site. 7. Work Hours and Closure. Work hours will be as follows: a. All work shall be performed during daylight hours. b. Work will be suspended between June 1, 2009 and June 9, 2009 due to the Lear -Jet 500 Indy Car race at Texas Motor Speedway. Contractor to clean and secure site, fill all ruts, grade site smooth and clean up debris to the satisfaction of the Owner and Owner's authorized representative. FTW Front Ends.doc 1-2 c. Work will be suspended between October 20, 2009 and October 28, 2009 due to the Annual Alliance Air Show. Contractor to clean and secure site, fill all ruts, grade site smooth and clean up debris to the satisfaction of the Owner and Owner's authorized representative. Work to be scheduled such that concrete airfield pavement repairs, or percentage thereof, is complete, cured and painted prior to the work suspension date of October 20, 2009. Contractor to prepare and submit schedules to Owner and Owners authorized representative (OAR) on a bi-weekly to ensure compliance with contract requirements. d. Work will be suspended between November 3, 2009 and November 10, 2009 due to the Dickies 500 NASCAR race at Texas Motor Speedway. Contractor to clean and secure site, fill all, ruts, grade site smooth and clean up debris to the satisfaction of the Owner and Owner's authorized representative. 8. Airfield Operations. This Project is located within the active air operations area (AOA) of the Airport. 9. Protection of Existina Utilities and Improvements. The Contractor shall take adequate measures to protect all existing structures, improvements and utilities which may be encountered. The utility lines and conduits shown on the plans are for information only and are not guaranteed by the Owner to be accurate as to location and depth; they are shown on the plans as the best information available from the owners of the utilities involved and from evidences found on the ground. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all existing utilities and conduct his work so as to prevent interruption of service or damage to them. The Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement of any utility damaged by him and shall likewise be responsible for losses to the utility owner due to any disruption to the service of the utility caused by the Contractor. 10. Sanitary Facilities. The Contractor shall provide suitable sanitary facilities for use of his employees and inspection personnel. Such facilities, temporary or permanent, shall meet local sanitary codes, and may not contribute untreated sewage to any dry or flowing watercourse. There will be no separate payment for this item. 11. Insurance Reauired. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance required under this paragraph and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all similar insurance of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. All insurance policies must show the Owner as additional insured (General Liability, auto, etc:). a. Worker's Compensation Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of his employees at the site of the project; and in case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the FTVV Front Ends.doc 1-3 protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employee engaged in hazardous work under this contract at the site of the project is not protected under Workmen's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each subcontractor to provide adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. The minimum amounts of such insurance shall be as follows:. (1) State - Statutory (2) Applicable Federal - Statutory (3) Employer's Liability-•$500,000 b. Comprehensive General Liability and Property Damage Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract such Comprehensive General Liability and Property Damage Insurance as shall protect him and any subcontractor performing work covered by this contract from claims for damages or personal injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for. property damages which may .arise from operations under this contract, and including explosion, collapse and underground coverage, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, and the amounts of such insurance shall be as follows: Bodily Injury. (1) Each Occurrence - $1,000,000 (2) Annual Aggregate - $1,000,000 Property Damage Insurance. (1) Each Occurrence - $1,000,000 (2) Annual Aggregate - $1,000,000 Property damage liability insurance providing Explosion, Collapse and Underground coverages. C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability. Bodily Injury (1) Each Person - $500,000 (2) Each Accident - $1,000,000 Property Damage (1) Each Occurrence - $1,000,000 d. Contractual Liability. Bodily Injury (1) Each Occurrence - $1,000,000 FTW_Front Ends.doc 1-4 Property Damage (1) Annual Aggregate - $1,000,000 e. Such insurance will be subject to the following deductible amount: $250.00. The City of Fort Worth, Texas and Alliance Airport shall be named as additional insured parties for the project. The Contractor's general liability carrier shall issue a separate Protective Liability Policy covering Owner and Engineer providing coverage for not less than the amounts listed above. f. Proof of Carriage of Insurance. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with satisfactory proof of carriage of the insurance required. All the certificates of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the contractor will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Owner by certified mail. 12. Award of Bids. The Owner may reject any or all bids. The Project will be awarded solely at the Owner's discretion to the Lowest Qualified Bidder for the Base Bid or any combination of the Base Bid plus Alternate(s), which ever combination is most advantageous to the City. 13. Construction Time. The Owner reserves the right to abandon, without obligation to the Contractor, any part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by the Owner. 14. Retainaae on Partial Pavments. For this contract, the Owner will deduct and retain Five (5) percent of the total amount of the partial payment until the final payment is made. 15. Final Acceatance and Pavment. Final payment, including retainage, will be made upon acceptance of the completed project by the Owner. 16. Construction Record Drawinas. A. The contractor shall keep a complete and accurate record of all changes or deviations from the Contract Documents. This record set of prints of the Contract Drawings and Specifications shall be kept on site. The Owner or Owners Authorized representative (OAR) shall at all times have access to review record drawings for completeness and accuracy. B. The Owner may withhold the 5% retainage if the contractor fails to comply with the requirements of this Article. C. The Contractor shall provide to the Owner or Owners Authorized Representative one (1) complete record set of Red Line record documents of Contract Drawings and Specifications modified to reflect all changes made by Addenda, Contract Change Order and field Modifications, on the date of Substantial completion of the entire work. The Engineer shall incorporate changes noted and produce a set of mylars to be delivered to FIW Front Ends.doc 1-5 the Owner. The mylars of the Contract documents and the cover sheet of the Contract specifications to be stamped with a "RECORD DRAWINGS" stamp and dated. 17. The General Provisions are hereby replaced or amended as follows by General Provision - paragraph designated: 10-27 Shall be modified as follows: MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 5 _ percent of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 20-03 Contents of Proposal Forms. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: ADDENDA. Bidders are responsible forobtaining all addenda to the contract documents prior to the bid receipt time and acknowledging them at the time of bid 1 receipt on the proposal form. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering at (817) 392-7910. Bids that do not acknowledge all applicable addenda may be rejected as non -responsive. L 20-07 Preparation of Proposal. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: Bidders shall not separate, detach, or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract documents at any time. Failure to bid fully execute contract without retaining contract documents intact may be grounds for designating bids as ❑non- responsive❑ and rejecting bids or voiding contract as appropriate and as determined _ by City Engineer. 20-08 Irregular Proposals. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. ` 20-09 Bid Guarantee. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5) percent of the Total Base Bid, .� and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. To be an acceptable surety on the bond, the name of the surety shall. be included on the current U.S. Treasury list and the amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the U.S. Treasury list for that company. 30-02 Award of Contact. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: FTW Front Ends.doc 1-6 The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within 49 calendar days of the date specified for publicly opened proposals, unless otherwise specified herein. The contract will be awarded to the : Contract will be awarded solely at the Owner's discretion to the Lowest Qualified Bidder for the Base Bid or any combination of the Base Bid plus Alternate(s), which ever combination is most advantageous to the City. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids. FINANCIAL STATEMENT: A current certified financial statement may be required by Director of the Department of Engineering if required for use by the CITY OF FORT WORTH in determining the successful bidder. This statement, if required, is to be prepared by an independent Public Accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State Licensing Agency. 30-05 Requirements of Contract Bonds. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. In this connection, the successful bidder shall be required to fumish a performance bond as well as a payment bond, both in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds fumished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the name of the surety shall be _ included on the current U.S. Treasury list (Circular 570) of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the contractor and the surety company. No sureties will be accepted by the City which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. If the contract to be awarded is less than $100,000, the performance and payment bonds are not required if the successful bidder states in its bid that payment is not due until the work is completed and is accepted by the City. Provided, however, that this paragraph does not affect the furnishing of a maintenance bond, if same is required by the specifications. It is presumed that the successful bidder agrees to provide performance and payment bonds unless the bidder, on the bid proposal, states otherwise. 40-01 Intent of Contract. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: FTW Front Ends.doc 1-7 The contractor shall provide all utility services required to construct the project, including, but not limited to, electrical service, water service and telephone service. The contractor shall be responsible for defects in this project due to faulty materials and workmanship, or both, for a period of two (2) years from the date of final acceptance of this project by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth and will be required to replace at his expense any part or all of the project which becomes -- defective due to these causes. 40-02 Alteration of Work and Quantities. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: All Supplemental Agreement shall require consent of the Contractor's Surety and Separate Performance and Payment Bonds. The City reserves the right to abandon, without obligation to the Contractor, any part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by the City. 40-04 Extra Work. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: The quantities shown in the proposal are approximate. It is the Contractor's sole responsibility to verify all the pay item quantities prior to submitting a bid. When the quantity of the work to be done or materials to be furnished under any major pay item of the contract is more that 125% of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for revised consideration on the portion of the work above 125% of the quantity stated in the contract. When the quantity of the work to be done or materials to be furnished under any major pay item of the contract is less than 75%of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for revised consideration on the portion of work below 75% of the quantity stated in this contract. This paragraph shall not apply in the event Owner deletes a pay item in its entirety from this contract. -� A major pay item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost equal to greater than 5 percent of the original contract. - A minor pay item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost less than 5 percent of the original contract. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on a negotiated price, Owner and Contractor agree that the consideration will be the actual field cost of the _ work plus 15 percent as described herein below, agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and Director of the Department of Engineering and approved by the City Council after said work is completed, subject to all other conditions of the contract. As used herein, field cost of the work will include the cost of all workmen, foremen, -` time keepers, mechanics and laborers; all materials, supplies, trucks, equipment FTVU Front Ends.doc 1-8 rental for such time as actually used on such work only, plus all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses; and a ratable portion of premiums on performance and payment bonds, public liability, Workers Compensation and all other insurance required by law or by ordinance. The Director of the Department of Engineering will direct the form in which the accounts of actual field cost will be kept and will recommend in writing the method of doing the work and the type and kind of equipment to be used, but such work will be performed by the Contractor as an independent Contractor and not as an agent or employee of the City. The 15 percent of the actual field cost to be paid to the Contractor shall cover and compensate him for profit, overhead, general supervision and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein specified. Upon request, the Contractor shall provide the Director of the Department of Engineering access to all accounts, bills and vouchers relating thereto. 40-05 Add: The cost of maintaining vehicular traffic shall not be measured directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to the project. 50-16 Claims for Adjustment and Disputes. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: (a) Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this section. The City shall give contractor responsible advance notice of intended audits. (B) Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such subcontractor involving transactions to this subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during normal working hours to all appropriate work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article. City shall give subcontractor responsible advance notice of intended audits. 60-09 SUBSTITUTIONS: The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality which the City believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. No substitutions will be permitted until the Contractor has received written permission of the Engineer to make a substitution for the material which has been specified. Where the term ❑or equal❑ or ❑or approved equal❑ is used, it is understood that if a material, product, or piece of equipment bearing the name so used is furnished it will be approvable, as the particular trade name was used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality acceptable to the City. If a product of any other FTW Front Ends.doc 1-9 name is proposed for use, the Engineer's approval thereof must be obtained before the proposed substitute is procured by the Contractor. Where the term "or equal" or "or approved equal" is not used in specifications, this does not necessarily exclude alternative items or material or equipment which may accomplish the intended purpose. However, the Contractor shall have the full responsibility of proving that the proposed substitution is, in fact, equal, and the Engineer, as representative of the City, shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of substitutions. The provisions of this sub -section as related to ❑ Substitutions ❑ shall be applicable to all sections of these specifications. 70-01 Laws to be Observed: The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: During the construction of this project, the Contractor shall comply with present zoning requirements of the City of Fort Worth in the use of vacant property for storage purposes. EMPLOYMENT: All bidders will be required to complywith City Ordinance NO.7278 as amended by City Ordinance NO. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13-A-21 through 13-A-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. WAGE RATES: All bidders will be required to comply with provision 5159a of "Vernons Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates as established by the City of Fort Worth, Texas and set forth in Contract Documents for this project. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: The City of Fort Worth has goals - for the participation of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) in City contracts. In order for a bid to be considered responsive, the compliance statement, Attachments "IA", "IB", and/or "IC", contained in the proposal must be completed and submitted to the bid contracting officer no later than 5:00 p.m., three (3) business -" days after the bid opening date. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL RESULT IN THE PROPOSAL BEING NON -RESPONSIVE. 70-19 Environmental Protection. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: Prior to the disposing of any spoil/fill materials, the contractor shall advise the -- Director of Transportation and Public Works, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator ("Administrator"), of the location of all sites where the contractor intends to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such materials .. until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain Ordinance of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance NO. 10056). All disposal sites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a flood plain without a permit. A flood plain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a flood plain. Approval of the contractor's disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain Fill Permit authorizing fill within the flood FTW Front Ends.doc 1-10 plain. Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary engineering studies, shall be at contractor's expense. In the event that the contractor disposes of spoil/fill material in a site without a fill permit or a letter from the Administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of the Department of Engineering, Contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at it's expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. 80-05 Add: The Owner and/or the Engineer may require the replacement of any 1 employee, including supervisors, of the Contractor or Subcontractors found to be unsuitable or unqualified. 80-06 Add: The Engineer shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to safety -related reasons. 80-07 Seasonal weather conditions shall be considered and included in the planning and scheduling of all work influenced by high or low ambient temperature, precipitation and/or saturated soil to ensure completion of all Work within the Contract Time. - Average historical climatic conditions for the preceding ten (10) years are published by the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and entitled "Local Climatological Data — Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas." For planning purposes, the following shall be considered average work days lost per month due to weather conditions: LOST MONTH TIME IN WORK DAYS January 5 February 4 March 5 April 6 May 6 June 4 July 4 August 4 September 5 October 4 November 4 December 4 Contract time extensions for abnormal weather will be granted only to the extent that the actual time lost during a particular month exceeds the average lost time indicated FTW Front Ends.doc 1-11 in the above table. Time extensions granted for abnormal weather are not — compensable. 90-07 Add: Payment for materials on hand shall be limited to materials required for incorporation into the work within a maximum of 30 days. FTW Front Ends.doc 1-12 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 PART II - WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS PART II WAGE. LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS SECTION A Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Requirements A-1 Airport and Airwav Improvement Proaram Proiect. The work in this contract is included in FAA Grant No. 3-48-0296-38-2009 which is being undertaken and accomplished by .. Alliance Airport, in the City Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), in accordance with the terms and conditions of a grant agreement between Alliance Airport, Texas (Owner), and the United States under the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982 (P. L. 97-248) as amended by the Airport and Airway Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987 (P.L. 100-223) and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), pursuant to which the United States has agreed to pay a certain percentage of the costs under that Act. The United States is not a party to this contract and no reference in this contract to the FAA or any representative thereof or to any rights granted to the FAA or any representative thereof or. the United States by the contract makes the United States a party to this contract. W A-2 Airport and Airwav Improvement Act of 1982. Section 520. The Contractor assures that it will comply with pertinent statutes, Executive orders and such rules as are promulgated to assure that no person shall, on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, • or handicap be excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from Federal assistance. This provision obligates the Contractor or its transferee for the period during which Federal assistance is extended to the airport program, except where Federal a, assistance is to provide, or is in the form of personal property or real property of interest therein or structures or improvements thereon. In these cases the provision obligates the party of any transferee for the longer of the following periods: (a) the period during which _ the property is used by the airport sponsor or any transferee for a purpose for which Federal assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits or (b) the period during which the airport sponsor or any transferee retains ownership or possession of the property. In the case of Contractors, this provision binds the Contractor form the bid solicitation period through the completion of the Contract. A-3 Consent to Assianment. The Contractor shall obtain the prior written consent of the City of Fort Worth and Alliance Airport, Texas (Owner), to any proposed assignment of any interest in or part of this contract. .� A-4 Riahts to Inventions (49 CFR Part 18). All rights to inventions and materials generated under this contract are subject the regulations issued by the FAA and the Owner of the Federal Grant under which this contract is executed. Information regarding these rights is available from the FAA. A-5 Convict Labor. No convict labor may be employed under this contract. A-6 Veterans Preference (Airport & Airwav Improvement Act of 1982, Section 515). In the employment of labor (except in executive, administrative and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to veterans of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans as defined in Section 515(c)(1) and (2) of the Act. However, this preference shall apply only where the individuals are available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. FTW Front Ends.doc II-1 A-7 Withholdinq: Owner from Contractor. Whether or not payments or advances to the City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), are withheld or suspended by the FAA, the City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), may withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. A-8 Nonoavment of Waqes. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to pay any laborer or mechanic employed or working on the site of the work any of the wages required by this contract, the City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), may after written notice to the Contractor take such actions as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. A-9 Inspection of Records (49 CFR Part 18). The Contractor shall maintain an acceptable cost accounting system. The Owner, the FAA and the Comptroller General of the United States shall have access to any books, documents, paper, and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purposes of making an audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions. The Contractor shall maintain all required records for three years after the Owner makes final payment and all other pending matters are closed. A-10 Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert in each of his subcontracts the provisions contained in paragraphs A-1, A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6 and A 7 requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts, which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. A-11 Breach of Contract Terms Sanctions (49 CFR Part 181. Any violation or breach of the terms of this contract on the part of the contractor or subcontractor may result in the suspension or termination of this contract or such other action which may be necessary to enforce the rights of the parties of this agreement. FTW Front Ends.doc II-2 SECTION B (Davis -Bacon Act Requirements - 29 CFR Part 5) B-1 Minimum wages. 1. All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a,week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination(s) of the Secretary of Labor which is (are) attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. For the purpose of this paragraph, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to. such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of subparagraph (d) below; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, 'but covering the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(i)). Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage skill, except as provided in paragraph B4 of this clause. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, however, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination(s) (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under subparagraph (b) of this section) and the Davis -Bacon poster shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and readily accessible place where it can easily be seen by the workers. 2. (a) Any class of laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, which is not listed in the wage determination(s) and which is to be employed under this contract, shall be classified or reclassified conformably to the wage determination(s). Approval will be given for an additional classification and wage rate, and fringe benefits therefore, only when the following criteria have been met: i. The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and ii. The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and iii. The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. FTW Front Ends.doc II-3 (b) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be representatives, and the City of Fort Worth Texas agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action of the action -- taken shall be sent by the City of Fort Worth, Texas to the FAA for tentative approval and transmittal to the Department of Labor, Employment Standards Administration, Administrator of the Wage _ and Hour Division, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Department of Labor will approve, modify or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the FAA or will notify the FAA within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1215-0140.) (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(i)). (c) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, to be employed in the classification or their representatives and the City of Fort Worth, Texas do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the City of Fort Worth, Texas shall send the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the sponsor, to the FAA to be referred, with the recommendation of the FAA, to the Department of Labor for final determination. The Department of Labor will issue a _ determination within 30 days of receipt or provide notification within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140.) (d) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. 3. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question accompanied by the recommendation of the FAA shall be referred to the Secretary of Labor for determination (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii)). 4. If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or '- program. Provided, however, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or FTW_Front Ends.doc II-4 program. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv). (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140.) B-2 Withholdina: FAA from Owner. Pursuant to the terms of the grant agreements between the United States and the City of Fort Worth, Texas relating to Airport Improvement Project NO. 3-48-0296-1100 and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), the FAA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor may withhold or cause to be withheld from the City of Fort Worth, Texas so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee or helper, employed or working on the site of the work all or part of the wages required by this contract, the FAA may after written notice to the City of Fort Worth, Texas take further action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until such violations have ceased (29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)). B-3 Payrolls and basic records. 1. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto will be maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address and social security number of each such employee, his correct classification, rates of pay (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found, under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) (see subparagraph (d) of paragraph B-1 above), that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs (29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)). (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control numbers 1215-0140 and 1215-0017.) 2. (a) The Contractor will submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to the City of Fort Worth, Texas for availability to the FAA as required by paragraph 152.59(a). The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained by paragraph B-3 (a) above. This information may be submitted in any form desired. The contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0149.) FTW Front Ends.doc II-5 (b) Each payroll shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the employer or his agent who pays or supervises the payment of persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: I. That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph B-3 (a) above and that such information is correct and complete; ii. That each laborer and mechanic, including each helper, apprentice and trainee, employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3; III. That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (c) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 3-13 (2) of this section. (d) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States code. 3. The contractor will make the records required under the labor standards clause of the contract available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the sponsor, the FAA and the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hour; on the job. 4. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the FAA may, after written notice to the sponsor or contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii)). B-4 Apprentices and trainees. 1. Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau or if a. person is employed in his first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State FTW Front Ends.doc II-6 Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to his entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage rate determination for the work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the.ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the joumeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of the fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringe benefits shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of the apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(1)). _ 2. Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at the trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage FTW Front Ends.doc II-7 determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(iii)). 3. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and joumeymen under this paragraph shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30 (29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(iii)). _ 4. Application of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). On contracts in excess of $2,000, the employment of all apprentices and trainees as defined in 29 CFR 5.2(c) shall be subject to the provisions of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4) (see paragraphs B-4(a), (b) and -` (c) above). 5. Enforcement. (a) The FAA shall promulgate the necessary regulations or procedures for federally assisted construction programs for which it does not contract directly necessary to insure that contracts contain the provisions herein or such modifications thereof which have been approved by the Department of Labor. No payment, advance, grant, loan or guarantee of funds shall be approved by the FAA after the beginning of construction unless there is on file with the FAA a certification by the Contractor that he and his subcontractors have complied or that there is substantial dispute with respect to the - required provisions (29 CFR 5.6(a)(1)). (b) Enforcement activities, including the investigation of complaints of violations, to insure compliance with the requirements of these provisions shall be the primary duty of the FAA. The Department of Labor will coordinate its efforts with the FAA as may be necessary to ensure consistent enforcement of the requirements of these provisions. Enforcement of these provisions shall be in accordance with 29 CFR 5.6. B-5 Compliance with Copeland Requlations. The Contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations (29 CFR Part 3) of the Secretary of Labor which are herein incorporated by _ reference in this contract (29 CFR 5.5(a)(5)). B-6 Subcontracts. The Contractor of Subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5. FTW Front Ends.doc II-8 B-7 Contract Termination: Debarment. A breach of the Contract clauses in this section (B) and in Section C may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for the debarment as a Contractor and a Subcontractor as provided in 92 CFR Part 5.5. B-8 Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Acts Requirements. All rulings and Interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. B-9 Disputes Concemina Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the FAA, the sponsor, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. B-10 Certification of Eliaibilitv. 1. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). 2. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). 3. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code,18 U.S.C.1001. B-11 Waae Rates In Effect for This Project U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) Wage Determination Number 7X020045, reproduced in this specification, provides the reauired minimum waaes and fringe benefits to be paid to all laborers and mechanics employed to work on this contract throughout its duration, either under this contract or under a related subcontract. The Contractor and all subcontractors are required to report the actual wages paid to laborers and mechanics doing work under this contract by filing certified weekly payrolls. The reported wages will be verified by review of the weekly payroll reports and by periodic on -site interviews conducted by the Owner or his designated representative. In the event that the work specified in this contract requires work to be done by laborers or mechanics whose job classification is not listed in the attached Wage Determination, the Contractor is responsible for preparing the attached Request for Authorization ofAdditional Classification and Rate form. The Contractor must complete Items 3 through 15 and submit the request to the Owner's representative prior to issuance of the Contractor's Notice to Proceed or as soon as the need for the additional classification or rate is identified (if the work has been authorized to begin). FTW Front Ends.doc II-9 CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX J ❑ SERVICE CONTRACT REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION OF ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND RATE ❑ CON.4TRUC ION CONTRACT NOTE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ITEMS 3 THROUGH 15 AND SUBMIT THE REQUEST, IN QUADRUPLICATE, TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER 1. TO: ADMDUSTRATOR. Employment Standards Adndnistration 2. FROM (REPORTING OFFICE) WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WASHINGTON, D.C. 20210 �3. CONTRACTOR 5. CONTRACT NUMBER 16. DATE BID OPENED (SEALED BIDDING) 7. DATE OF AWARD 10. SUBCONTRACTOR (IF ANY) tttM 11. PROJECT AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NEEDED) 4. DATE OF REQUEST 8. DATE CONTRACT WORK STARTED I DATE OPTION EXERCISED (IF APPLICABLE) (SCA ONLY) a LOCATION (CITY. COUNTY AND STATE) 13. IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE WORK PROVIDED FOR UNDER THE ABOVE CONTACT, IT IS NECESSARY TO ESTABLISH THE FOLLOWING RATES) FOR THE INDICATED CLASSIFICATION(S) NOT INCLUDED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR DETERMINATION NUMBER: DATED: LIST IN ORDER PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION TITLE(S), JOB DESCRIPTION(S), DUTIES AND b. WAGE RATE(S) RATIONALE FOR PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION (SCA ONLY) (Use inverse of attach additional schedules, if necessary) 10 W c. FRINGE BENEFITS PAYMENTS as 14. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF SUBCONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE (IF ANY) 15. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF PRIME CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE 16. SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE I CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX - ❑ AGREE ❑ DISAGREE TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTING OFFICER (CHECK AS APPROPRIATE - SEE FAR 22.1019 (SCA) OR FAR 22.406-3 (DBA) t♦ ❑ THE INTERESTED PARTIES AGREE AND THE CONTRACTING OFFICER RECOMMENDS APPROVAL BY THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION. AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED. ❑ THE INTERESTED PARTIES CANNOT AGREE ON THIS PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION AND WAGE RATE. A DETERMINATION OF THE QUESTION BY THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION IS THEREFORE REQUESTED. AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED. r• (S ant of i ahnrl SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE 7TI AND COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE NO. I DATE SUBMITTED `J DEPARTMENT OF LABOR LOCAL REPRODUCTION - STANDARD FORM I444 (10-87) SECTION C (Contract Workhours and Safety Standards Act Requirements - 29 CFR Part 5) C-1 Overtime Reauirements. No Contractor or Subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic received compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. C-2 Violation; Liabilitv for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above, the Contractor or any Subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and Subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above. C-3 Withholdina for Unpaid Waaes and Liquidated Damaaes. The Federal Aviation Administration or the Owner shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the Contractor of Subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same rime Contractor, or any other Federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor of Subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as. provided in the clauses set forth in paragraph C-2 above. C-4 Subcontractors. The Contractor or Subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs C-1 through C-4 and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs C-1 through C-4. C-5 Workina Conditions. No Contractor or Subcontractor may require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of any contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his health or safety as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR Part 1926) issued by the Department of Labor. FTW Front Ends.doc II-11 SECTION D (Equal Employment Opportunity - 41 CFR Part 60-1.4(b)) During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: D-1 The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure. that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. D-2 The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. D-3 The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided, advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. D-4 The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and of the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. D-5 The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and by rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor or pursuant thereto and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and others. D-6 In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24,1965, as amended, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked *as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, or by rule, regulation or order of the Secretary of Labor or as otherwise provided by law. D-7 The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph C- 1 and the provisions of paragraph C-1 through C-7 in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administrating agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; FTW Front Ends.doc II-12 provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in or is threatened with ` litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. D-8 Notice to be Posted per Paraqraphs (1) and (3) of the EEO Clause (41 CFR Part 60-1.4(b)). Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law - Discrimination is Prohibited by the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and by Executive Order NO. 11246. Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 - Administered by: The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Prohibits discrimination because of Race, Color, Religion, Sex, or National Origin by Employers with 25 or more employees, by Labor Organizations with a hiring hall of 25 or more members, by Employment Agencies, and by Joint Labor -Management Committees for Apprenticeship or Training. Any Person who believes he or she has been discriminated against should contact: The Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs U.S. Department of Labor Washington, D.C. 20210 FT1N Front Ends.doc II-13 SECTION E (Air and Water Quality Standards) E-1 Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Contractor in carrying out work under this contract, shall at all times comply with all applicable state and federal air and water quality standards; with all pollution control laws; and with such rules, regulations and directives as may be lawfully issued by a local, state or federal agency having within its jurisdiction the protection of the environment in the area surrounding where work under this contract will be performed. In addition, the Contractor shall comply with all directives given by the Engineer in implementation of temporary air and water pollution, soil erosion and siltation control measures. Such measures shall not be paid for directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to the contract. E-2 Contractors and subcontractors agree: That any facility to be used in the performance of the contract or to benefit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities. 2. To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations issued -thereunder. 3. That as a condition for award of a contract, he will notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. 4. To include or cause to be included in any contract or subcontract which exceeds $100,000 the aforementioned criteria and requirements. FTW Front Ends.doc II-14 SECTION F (Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications - 41 CFR 60-4.3) F-1 As used in these specifications: "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; 2. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; 3. "Employer identification number" means the Federal social security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941; 4. "Minority" includes: (a) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (b) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South America or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); (c) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast, Asia, the Indian Subcontinent or the Pacific Islands); and (d) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). F-2 Whenever the Contractor or any subcontractor at any tier subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract is excess of $10,000, the provision of these specifications and the notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. F-3 If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area, either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the plan area (including goals and time tables) shall be in accordance with that plan for those trades which have unions + participating in the plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved plan does not excuse •- any efforts to achieve the plan goals and time tables. FTW Front Ends.doc II-15 F-4 The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7(a) through (p) of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization; the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress towards its goals in each craft during the period specified. F-5 Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, as amended, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. F-6 In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. F-7 The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure EEO. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and _ shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: 1. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation and coercion at all sites and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents and other on -site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. - 2. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and' female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. 3. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off -the -street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken _ with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union, or if - referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have ` taken. 4. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with - which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the FTW Front Ends.doc II-16 Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. 5. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7(b) above. 6. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. 7. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with on -site supervisory personnel, such as superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed and disposition of the subject matter. 8. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. 9. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations; to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations, such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures and tests to be used in the selection process. 10. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women, and where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force. Fl1N Front Ends.doc II-17 11. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 12. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and - female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. 13. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the _ Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. 14. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated, except that separate or single user toilet and necessary changing facilities, shall be provided to ` assure privacy between the sexes. 15. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction Contractors and suppliers including circulation of solicitations to minority and female Contractor associations and other business associations. - 16. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. _ F-8 Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations [7(a) through (p)]. The efforts of a Contractor association, joint Contractor -union, Contractor -community or other similar groups of which the Contractor is a member and participated, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7(a) through (p) of these specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female work force participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and time - tables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. F-9 A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide EEO and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non -minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women; generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). F-10 The Contractor shall not use the goals and time tables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. FTw Front Ends.doc II-18 F-11 The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended. = F-12 The Contractor shall cant' out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended,. and its implementing regulations by the OFCCP. Any Contractor who fails to cant' out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. j F-13 The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. F-14 The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by. the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number -when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in _ an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, Contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. F-15 Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). FTW_Front_Ends.doc II-19 SECTION G (Contractual Requirements Pursuant to Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title VI - 49 CFR Part 21) During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor" agrees as follows: G-1 Compliance with Regulations. The Contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter "DOT) Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract. G-2 Nondiscrimination. The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. G-3 Solicitations for Subcontracts, Includinq Procurement of Materials and Equipment. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurement of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. G-4 Information and Reports. The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Owner or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a Contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the Contractor shall so certify to the Owner or the FAA, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. G-5 Sanctions for Noncompliance. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the sponsor shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the FAA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: 1. Withholding of payments to the Contractor under the contract until the Contractor complies, and/or 2. Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or part. G-6 Incorporation of Provisions. The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs 1 through 5 in every subcontract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to and subcontract or procurement as the Owner or the FAA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. 'Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or FTW Front Ends.doc II-20 M is threatened with litigation with a Subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the 4 Contractor may request the Owner to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Owner and, in addition, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. FTW Front Ends.doc II-21 SECTION H (Termination of Contract - 49 CFR Part 18) H-1 The Owner may, by written notice, terminate this contract in whole or in part at any time, either for the Owner's convenience or because of failure to fulfill the contract obligations. Upon receipt of such notice, services shall be immediately discontinued (unless the notice directs otherwise) and all materials as ma have been accumulated in performing this contract, whether completed or in progress, delivered to the Owner. H-2 If the termination is for the convenience of the Owner, an equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be made, but no amount shall be allowed for anticipated profit on unperformed services. H-3 If the termination is due to failure to fulfill the Contractor's obligations, the Owner may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or otherwise. In such case, the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for any additional cost occasioned to the Owner thereby. H-4 If, after notice of termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the Contractor had not so failed, the termination shall be deemed to have been effected for the convenience of the Owner. In such event, adjustment in the contract price shall be made as provided in paragraph H-2 of this clause. H-5 The rights and remedies of the Owner provided in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. FTW Front Ends.doc II-22 SECTION I (Buy American - Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts) 1-1 The Contractor agrees that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, Subcontractors, Material men, and Suppliers in the performance of this contract, as defined in 1-2 below. 1-2 The following terms apply to this clause: 1. Steel and Manufactured Products. As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) steel produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. 2. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. 3. Cost of Components. This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. FTW Front Ends.doc I1-22 SECTION J (DBE Required Statements - 49 CFR Part 26) J-1 Contract Assurance. Draft AC 150/5370-10A Change 15 provides that each contract the owner signs with a contractor (and each subcontract the prime contractor signs with a subcontractor) must include the following clause: The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems'appropriate. J-2 Prompt Pavment. A prompt payment clause is required in each DOT -assisted prime contract. A sample follows below: The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 30 days from the receipt of each payment the prime contractor receives from the City of Fort Worth. Theprime contractor agrees further to return retainage payments to each subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the City of Fort Worth. This clause applies to both DBE and non -DBE subcontractors. FTW_Fmnt Ends.doc II-23 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 PART III - GENERAL PROVISIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 DEFINITION OF TERMS Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, or in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. 10-04 AIP. The Airport Improvement Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration. 10-05 AIR OPERATIONS AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft; an appurtenant area used or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights of way; and airport buildings and facilities located in any of these areas, and includes a heliport. 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials. 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the Owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. 10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights -of -way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Everyday shown on the calendar. 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time FTW_Front Ends.doc III-1 Am adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the scope of the contract. 10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to: The Advertisement; The Contract Form; The Proposal; The Performance Bond; The Payment Bond; any required insurance certificates; The Specifications; The Plans, and any addenda issued to bidders. 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A speck unit of work for which a price is provided in.the contract. 10=15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 CONTRACTOR. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-18 ENGINEER. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the Owner to be responsible for engineering inspection of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative. 10-19 EQUIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10.20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his/her duly authorized representative. 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, Commercial Item Descriptions, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. 10-23 FORCE ACCOUNT. Force account construction work is construction that is accomplished through the use of material, equipment, labor, and supervision provided by the Owner or by another public agency pursuant to an agreement with the Owner. 10-24 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all necessary inspections and/or tests of the work performed or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. FTW Front Ends.doc III-2 10-25 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words "directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly, the words "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, subject in each case to the final determination of the Owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-26 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. 10-27 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-28 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20 percent of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-29 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-30 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-31 OWNER. The term "Owner" shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract. For AIP contracts, the term "sponsor" shall have.the same meaning as the term "Owner." Where the term "Owner" is capitalized in this document, it shall mean airport owner or sponsor only. 10-32 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-33 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-34 PERFORMANCE BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-35 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. FTW Front Ends.doc I11-3 no 10-36 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport 10-37 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal -- form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. 10-38 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his/her proposal is accepted by the Owner. 10-39 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-40 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. 10-41 SPONSOR. See definition above of "Owner." 10-42 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins, inlets, retaining - walls, cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, handholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-43 SUBGRADE. The soil that forms the pavement foundation. 10-44 SUPERINTENDENT. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-45 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the Contractor and the Owner covering (1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract; or (2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. 10-46 SURETY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor, executing payment or performance bonds that are furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. -- 10-47 TAXIWAY. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement ._ of aircraft to and from the airport's runways or aircraft parking areas. 10-48 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the Contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. 10-49 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular work for at FTW_Front Ends.doc III-4 least 6 hours toward completion of the contract when work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered as working days. END OF SECTION 10 FTW Front Ends.doc III-5 SECTION 20 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT (Notice to Bidders). See Notice to Bidders at the beginning of these Contract Document. 20-02 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. Each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory evidence of his/her competency to perform the proposed work. Such evidence of competency, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder's past experience on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key personnel that would be available. In addition, each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory evidence of his/her financial responsibility. Such evidence of financial responsibility, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or report of the bidder's financial resources and liabilities as of the last calendar year or the Contractor's last fiscal year. Such statements or reports shall be certified by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such financial statements or reports, the bidder shall further certify whether his/her financial responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the bidder's financial responsibility has changed, the bidder shall qualify the public accountant's statement or report to reflect his/her .(bidder's) true financial condition at the time such qualified statement or report is submitted to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he is prequalified with the State Highway Division and is on the current "bidder's list" of the state in which the proposed work is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as evidence of financial responsibility in lieu of the certified statements or reports hereinbefore specified. Each bidder shall submit "evidence of competency" and "evidence of financial responsibility" to the Owner at the time of bid opening. 20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner shall furnish bidders with proposal forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not. 20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: a. Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the Owner, if such regulations are cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal as a requirement for bidding. b. Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force (with the Owner) at the time the Owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. c. Contractor default under previous contracts with the Owner. FTW Front Ends.doc III-6 d. Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the Owner. 20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES. An estimate of quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It -is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The Owner does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. 20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans specifications, and contract forms.. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed, materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed contract, plans, and specifications. Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the Owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which he may make or obtain from his/her examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the Owner. 20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his/her proposal on the forms furnished by the Owner. All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed) both in words and numerals for which he proposes to do each pay item furnished in the proposal. In case of conflict between words and numerals, the words, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern. The bidder shall sign his/her proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, - his/her name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation _ was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal as an agent shall file evidence of his/her authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or corporation. 20-08 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the following reasons: FTW - Front Ends.doc III-7 r a. If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the Owner, or if the Owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached. b. If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate pay items, or irregularities of any kind that make the proposal incomplete, indefinite, or otherwise ambiguous. c. If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. d. If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. e. If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts. 20-09 BID GUARANTEE. Each separate proposal shall be accompanied by a certified check, or other specified acceptable collateral, in the amount specified in the proposal form. Such check, or collateral, shall be made payable to the Owner. 20-10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. Whensent by mail, preferably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION OF PROPOSALS. A bidder may withdraw or revise (by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the Owner in writing or by telegram before the time specified for opening bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. 20-12 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be opened, and read, publicly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other interested persons are invited to attend. Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraphic request) or received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-13 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any of the following reasons: a. Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same or different name. b. Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the Owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the Owner as a qualified bidder. F1W_Front Ends.doc III-8 c. If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason specified in the subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. END OF SECTION 20 FTW Front Ends.doc III-9 SECTION 30 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals are publicly opened and read, they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall.govem. Until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: a. If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. b. If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and is in conformance with applicable state and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All such actions shall promote the Owner's best interests. 30-02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within 60 calendar days of the date specified for publicly opening proposals, unless otherwise specified herein. Award of the contract shall be made by the Owner to the Lowest Qualified Bidder for the Base Bid or any combination of the Base Bid plus Alternate(s), which ever combination is most advantageous to the City whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the Owner. 30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the Owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. 30.04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the Owner has made a comparison of bids as hereinbefore specked in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section. Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the Owner until such time as an award is made, at which time, the unsuccessful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the Owner receives the contracts bonds as specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. 30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the Owner a surety bond or bonds that have been fully executed by FTW_Front Ends.doc III-10 the bidder and the surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the Contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of the contract. - 30-06 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (execute) the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return such signed contract to the owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 15 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. If the contract is mailed, special handling is recommended. 30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the Owner shall complete the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the Contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the Contractor shall constitute the Owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. 30-08 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be just -� cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the Owner. END OF SECTION 30 FTW Front Ends.doc III-11 SECTION 40 SCOPE OF WORK 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES. • The owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations that do not exceed the 25 percent limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been apart of the original contract. These alterations that are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by "Change Orders" issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation hereinbefore _ specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the owner and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. 40-03 OMITTED ITEMS. The Engineer may, in the Owner's best interest, omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be nonperformed, the Contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 EXTRA WORK. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements, the same shall be called "Extra Work." Extra Work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such Extra Work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such Extra Work. FTW_Front Ends.doc III-12 When determined by the Engineer to be in the Owner's best interest, he may order the Contractor to proceed with Extra Work by force account as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. Extra Work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project, but is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as hereinbefore defined in the subsection titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. _ Any claim for payment of Extra Work that is not covered by written agreement (change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the Owner. 40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed - movement of aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. With respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying: personnel; equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire -rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. _ When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, Y plans, and specifications, the Contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall furnish erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flag person, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and - Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office), unless otherwise specked herein. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or highway. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified in this subsection. The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this subsection shall be measured and paid in accordance with Technical Specification G-300, Construction Barricades, Lighted Cones and Traffic Control. 40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, FT1N Front Ends.doc III-13 abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be utilized in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the Owner when so utilized in the work. 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK. Should the Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his/her option either: a. Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, b. Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Engineer; or c. Use such material for his/her own temporary construction on site; or, d. Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option a., b., or c., he shall request the Engineer's approval in advance of such use. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's request to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The Contractor shall replace, at his/her own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for his/her use of such material so used in the work or removed from the site. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's exercise of option a., the Contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his/her exercise of option a., b., or c. The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. FTW_Front Ends.doc III-14 40-09 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission -. of such property owner. END OF SECTION 40 FTW Front Ends.doc III-15 SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. The Engineer shall decide all questions that may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for the under contract. The Engineer does not have the authority to accept pavements that do not conform to FAA r specification requirements. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his/her opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, durability, and workmanship acceptable to the Owner, he will advise the Owner of his/her determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document his/her determination and recommend to the Owner a basis of acceptance that will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on good engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in his/her opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's responsibility to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority, after consultation with the FAA, to use good engineering judgment in his/her determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. FTW_Front Ends.doc III-16 The Engineer will not be responsible for the Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or the safety precautions incident thereto. 50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisorycirculars; contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. If any paragraphs contained in the Special Provisions conflict with General Provisions or Technical Specifications, the Special Provisions shall govern. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or specifications. In the event the Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his/her interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. LIST SPECIAL PROVISIONS S-P-154 Special Provision to Subbase Course S-13-209 Special Provision to Crushed Aggregate Base Course S-P-501 Special Provision to Portland Cement Concrete Pavement S-P-602 Special Provision to Bituminous Prime Coat S-P-605 Special Provision to Joint Sealing Filler S-P-620 Special Provision to Runway and Taxiway Painting S-P-626 Special Provision to Emulsified Asphalt Slurry Seal Surface Treatment 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor will be supplied with two copies each of the plans and specifications. He shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of plans and specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the Engineer and his/her inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The Engineer shall allocate the work and designate the sequence of construction in case of controversy between contractors. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his/her agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his/her authorized representative. 50-05 COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS. The Owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project, each Contractor shall conduct his/her work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. , F rW Front Ends.doc III-17 no Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his/her contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence and operations of other Contractors working within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his/her work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the same project. He shall join his/her work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control only. The Contractor must establish all layout required for the construction of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either his/her own or the Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part'of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to furnish all lines, grades and measurements from the control points necessary for the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these specifications. The Contractor must give weekly copies of the survey notes to the Engineer so that the Engineer may check them as to accuracy and method of staking. All areas that are staked by the Contractor must be checked by the Engineer prior to beginning any work in the area. The Engineer will make periodic checks of the grades and alignment set by the Contractor. In case of error on the part of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in establishing grades and/or alignment that are not in accordance with the plans or established by the Engineer, all construction not in accordance with the established grades and/or alignment shall be replaced without additional cost to the Owner. No direct payment will be made, unless otherwise specified in contract documents, for this labor, materials, or other expenses therewith. The cost thereof shall be included in the price of the bid for the various items of the Contract. Construction Staking and Layout includes but is not limited to: Clearing and Grubbing perimeter staking. Rough Grade slope stakes at 100-foot stations. Drainage Swales slope stakes and flow line blue tops at 50-foot stations. Subgrade blue tops at 25 foot stations and 25 foot offset distance (max.) for the following section locations: a. Runway — minimum 5 per station b. Taxiways — minimum 3 per station c. Holding apron areas — minimum 3 per station d. Roadways — minimum 3 per station Base Course blue tops at 25 foot stations and 25 foot offset distance (max.) for the following section locations: a. Runway — minimum 5 per station b. Taxiways — minimum 3 per station c. Holding apron areas — minimum 3 per station FNV_Front_Ends.doc 111-18 Pavement areas: a. Edge of Pavement hubs and tacks (for stringline by Contractor) at 100 foot stations b. Between Lifts at 25 foot stations for the following section locations: (1). Runways — each paving lane width (2). Taxiways — each paving lane width (3). Holding areas — each paving lane width c. After finish paving operations at 50 foot stations - (1).AII paved areas — Edge of each paving lane prior to next paving lot d. Shoulder and safety area blue tops at 50 foot stations and at all break points with maximum of 50 foot offsets Fence lines at 100 foot stations Electrical and Communications System locations, lines and grades including but not limited to duct runs, connections, fixtures, signs, lights, VASI's, PAPI's, REIL's, Wind Cones, Distance Markers (signs), pull boxes and manholes. Drain lines, cut stakes and alignment on 25-foot stations, inlet and manholes. Painting and Striping layout (pinned with 1.5 inch PK nails) marked for paint Contractor. (All nails shall be removed after painting) " Laser, or other automatic control devices, shall be checked with temporary control point or grade hub at a minimum of once per 400 feet per pass (i.e. paving lane). NOTE: Controls and stakes disturbed or suspect of having been disturbed shall be checked and/or reset as directed by the Engineer without additional cost to the Owner. 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually.or by other methods for a period 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. 50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the Owner shall be i authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspectors employed by the Owner are authorized to notify the Contractor or his/her representatives of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be - referred to the Engineer for his/her decision. 50-09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as maybe directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing FTW Front Ends.doc III-19 of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the Owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense unless the Owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) Owner, authorized representatives of the owners of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise -determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK of Section 70. No removal work made under provision of this subsection shall be done without lines and grades having been given by the Engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the Owner) from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage that may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his/her hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his/her own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and FTW_Front Ends.doc III-20 effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all,construction operations. All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the Contractor at anytime fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Owner may suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the Owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the Owner, he may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds — upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the Engineer and Owner will make an inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be completed in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. — If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the Engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. 50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify the Engineer in writing of his/her intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby FTW Front Ends.doc III-21 agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit his/her written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations. 50-17 COST REDUCTION INCENTIVE. The provisions of this subsection will apply only to contracts awarded to the lowest bidder pursuant to competitive bidding. On projects with original contract amounts in excess of $100,000, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer, in writing, proposals for modifying the plans, specifications or other requirements of the contract for the sole purpose of reducing the cost of construction. The cost reduction proposal shall not impair, in any manner, the essential functions or characteristics of the project, including but not limited to service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, design and safety standards. This provision shall not apply unless the proposal submitted is specifically identified by the Contractor as being presented for consideration as a value engineering proposal. Not eligible for cost reduction proposals are changes in the basic design of a pavement type, runway and taxiway lighting, visual aids, hydraulic capacity of drainage facilities, or changes in grade or alignment that reduce the geometric standards of the project. As a minimum, the following information shall be submitted by the Contractor with each proposal: a. A description of both existing contract requirements for performing the work and the proposed changes, with a discussion of the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each; b. An itemization of the contract requirements that must be changed if the proposal is adopted; c. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the work under the existing contract and under the proposed changes; d. A statement of the time by which a change order adopting the proposal must be issued; e. A statement of the effect adoption of the proposal will have on the time for completion of the contract; and f. The contract items of work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity variation attributable to them. The Contractor may withdraw, in whole or in part, any cost reduction proposal not accepted by the Engineer, within the period specified in the proposal. The provisions of this subsection shall not be construed to require the Engineer to consider any cost reduction proposal that may be submitted. The Contractor shall continue to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract until a change order incorporating the cost reduction proposal has been issued. if a FTW_Front Ends.doc III-22 change order has not been issued by the date upon which the Contractor's cost reduction proposal specifies that a decision should be made, or such other date as the Contractor may subsequently have requested in writing, such cost reduction proposal shall be deemed rejected. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and of the estimated net savings from the adoption of all or any part of such proposal. In determining the estimated net savings, the Engineer may disregard the contract bid prices if, in the Engineer's - judgment such prices do not represent a fair measure of the value of the work to be performed or deleted. The Owner may require the Contractor to share in the Owner's costs of investigating a cost reduction proposal submitted by the Contractor as a condition of considering such proposal. Where such a condition is imposed, the Contractor shall acknowledge acceptance of it in writing. Such acceptance shall constitute full authority for the Owner to deduct the cost of investigating a cost reduction proposal from amounts payable to the Contractor under the contract. If the Contractor's cost reduction proposal is accepted in whole or in part, such acceptance will be ` by a contract change order that shall specifically state that it is executed pursuant to this subsection. Such change order shall incorporate the changes in the plans and specifications which are necessary to permit the cost reduction proposal or such part of it as has been accepted and shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer's approval is based. The change order shall also set forth the estimated net savings attributable to the cost reduction proposal. The net savings shall be determined as the difference in costs between the original contract costs for the involved - work items and the costs occurring as a result of the proposed change. The change order shall also establish the net savings agreed upon and shall provide for adjustment in the contract price that will divide the net savings equally between the Contractor and the Owner. The Contractor's 50 percent share of the net savings shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for the cost reduction proposal -and the performance of the work. 4 Acceptance of the cost -reduction proposal and performance of the cost -reduction work shall not extend the time of completion of the contract unless specifically provided for in the contract change order. -` END OF SECTION 50 FTW Front Ends.doc III-23 SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the Contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: a. Listed in FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program, that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, b. Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such specified and listed equipment. The following airport lighting equipment is required for this contract and is to be furnished by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this subsection: Portable Lighted Runway Closure `X' 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. Unless otherwise designated, all materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractors risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractors expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of ASTM, AASHTO, Federal Specifications, Commercial Item Descriptions, and all other cited methods, which are current on the date of advertisement for bids, will be made by and at the expense of the Owner. The testing organizations performing on site field tests shall have copies of all referenced standards on the construction site for use by all .technicians and other personnel, including the Contractor's representative at his/her request. Unless otherwise designated, samples will be taken by a qualified representative of the Owner. All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the 40 work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractors representative at his/her request. M FTW_Front_Ends.doc 111-24 The Contractor shall employ a testing organization to perform all Contractor required tests. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer resumes on all testing organizations and individual persons who will be performing the tests. The Engineer will determine if such persons are qualified. All the test data shall be reported to the Engineer after the results are known. A legible, handwritten copy of all test data shall be given to the Engineer daily, along with printed reports, in an approved format, on a weekly basis. After completion of the project, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a final report to the Engineer showing all test data reports, plus an analysis of all results showing ranges, averages, and corrective action taken on all failing tests. 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the 4 lot is clearly identified. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by "brand name or equal' and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name," the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: and, a. Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements; b. Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an "or equal' material or assembly, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suitable for use in the work. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. - 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The Engineer or his/her authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be .- inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his/her acceptance of the material or assembly. _ Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist: a. The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. FTW Front Ends.doc III-25 b. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. c. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the right to retest any material that has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. 60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE. The Contractor shall furnish for the duration of the project one building for the use of the field engineers and inspectors, as a field office. This facility shall be an approved weatherproof building meeting the current State Highway Specifications (forexample, Class I Field Office or Type C Structure). This building shall be located conveniently near to the construction and shall be separate from any building used by the Contractor. A land line telephone and answering machine shall be provided. The Contractor shall be responsible for payment of the basic monthly charge and local calls only. Any Long Distance Tolls shall be the responsibility of the caller. The Contractor shall furnish FAX machine, photocopy machine, water, sanitary facilities, heat, air conditioning, and electricity. No direct payment will be made for this building or labor, materials, ground rental, or other expense in connection therewith. The cost hereof shall be included in the price bid for the various items of the contract. The Contractor and his/her superintendent shall provide all reasonable facilities to enable to the Engineer to inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work. 60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property - owner's permission. 10 All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his/her entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the properly. 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. FTW Front Ends.doc III-26 Rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its used in the work. 60-08 OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specked herein (if any) to be furnished by the Owner. Owner - furnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified herein. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing Owner-fumished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such Owner -furnished material is used. After any Owner -furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies that may occur during the -' Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such Owner -furnished material. The Owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of Owner-fumished materials. END OF SECTION 60 FTW Front Ends.doc III-27 SECTION 70 LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. He shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and all his/her officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by himself or his/her employees. 70-02 PERMITS,. LICENSES, AND TAXES. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the Owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement, at any time during the prosecution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The Owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the Owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated as follows: Except as listed above, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Engineer. Should the owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service Ift or facility during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such owners by arranging and performing the work in this .contract so as to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to FTVV_Front Ends.doc III-28 make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work "- resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For AIP contracts, the United States Government has -- agreed to reimburse the Owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the Owner's request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (FAA's) agreement with the Owner, the Owner has included provisions in this - contract pursuant to the requirements of Title 49 of the United States Code (USC) and the Rules and Regulations of the FAA that pertain to the work. As required by the USC, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the Administrator, FAA, and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or specifications. No requirement of the USC, the rules and regulations implementing the USC, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of either party to the contract. ` 70-06 SANITARY, HEALTH, AND SAFETY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his/her employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to Federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his/her health or safety. a 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain'the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his/her own operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. - 70-08 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to - protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. Unless otherwise specified, barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards that are in the air operations area shall be a maximum of 18 inches high. Unless otherwise specified, barricades shall be spaced not more than 25 feet apart. Barricades, warning signs, and markings shall be paid for under Technical Specification G-300, Construction Barricades, Lighted Cones and Traffic Control. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office). FTW Front Ends.doc III-29 When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his/her parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire -rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work that requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer. Open -flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet (300 m) from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The Contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company having structures or _ facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his/her intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet (300 m) of the airport property. 70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property markers until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his/her manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the Contractor, he shall restore, at his/her own no expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury FTW_Front Ends.doc III-30 was done, by repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be -directed, or he shall make good such " damage or injury in an acceptable manner. 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save - harmless the Engineer and the Owner and their officers, and employees from all suits actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or on account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said Contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his/her contract as may be considered necessary by the Owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the Owner or, in case no money is due, his/her surety may be held L until such suit(s), action(s), or claims) for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner, except that money due the Contractor will not be withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. 70-12 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE. It is specifically agreed between the parties -� executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create the public or any member thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or -- provisions of the contract. 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work -shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall complete such portions of the work _ on or before the date specified or as otherwise specked. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his/her work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the Owner as described below, as outlined in Part I Special Provisions and Part IV Technical Specifications and as shown on the plans: r Work Item Days to Complete I Work Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the Owner in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. _ No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractor for public use until ordered by the Engineer in writing. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the contract. Any FTW Front Ends.doc III-31 damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his/her expense. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction (See Special Provisions.) Contractor shall refer to the approved safety plan to identify barricade requirements and other safety requirements prior to opening up sections of work to traffic. 70-14 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non -execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tomado, hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of government authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his/her expense. During such period of suspension of work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established planting, seeding, and sodding furnished under his/her contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS. As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the Contractor shall cooperate with the owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or NOAA, or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall control his/her operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans and the owners are indicated as follows: M FTW_Front Ends.doc III-32 It is understood and agreed that the Owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the owners of all utility services or other facilities of his/her plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided hereinbefore in this subsection and the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the Engineer. In addition to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his/her plan of operations that would affect such owners. Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the Contractor shall again notify each such owner of his/her plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion, the owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no later than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The Contractor shall furnish a written — summary of the notification to the Engineer. The Contractor's failure to give the two days notice hereinabove provided shall be cause for the ,- Owner to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the _ ground, the Contractor shall be required to use excavation methods acceptable to the Engineer within 3 feet (90 cm) of such outside limits at such points as may be required to ensure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to his/her operations whether or not due to negligence or accident. The Owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor, or his/her surety. 70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS -OF -WAY. The Owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights -of - way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. 70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carving out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall be no FTW Front Ends.doc 111-33 liability upon the Engineer, his/her authorized representatives, or any officials of the Owner either personally or as an official of the Owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the Owner. 70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the Owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or stop the Owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the Owner be precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor or his/her surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his/her obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable to the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. 70-20 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his/her operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object that is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and the Owner will direct the Contractor to either resume his/her operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Owner order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor,to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement) as provided in the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. END OF SECTION 70 FTW_Front Ends.doc III-34 SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer. Should the Contractor elect to assign his/her contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the Owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the Owner. In case of approval, the Contractor shall file copies of all subcontracts with the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform, with his organization, an amount of work equal to at least 25 percent of the total contract cost. 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The notice to proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the Engineer in the written notice to proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit his/her progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The Contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the Engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify his/her operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. For AIP contracts, the Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and the operations of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his/her operations within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport operations (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shalt not close an AIR OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. FTW Front Ends.doc III-35 When the contract work requires the Contractorto work within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA) of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AIR OPERATIONS AREA), the Contractor shall maintain constant communications as hereinafter specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AIR OPERATIONS AREA; immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AIR OPERATIONS AREA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the Contractor's operations in the AIR OPERATIONS AREA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. The following AIR OPERATIONS AREA cannot be closed to operating aircraft to permit the Contractor's operations on a continuous basis and will therefore be closed to aircraft operations intermittently as follows: Coordinate with Airport Operations: AOA — Runway 34L-16R AOA — Runway 34R-16L AOA — Taxiway 'A' AOA — Taxiway 'H' AOA — Various Cross Taxiways AOA — Aircraft Parking Apron AOA — ARFF Station AOA — Entrance Gates �- Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained in AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction (See Special Provisions). 80-04.1 OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORT DURING CONSTRUCTION. All Contractors' operations shall be conducted in accordance with the project safety plan and the provisions set forth _ within the current version of Advisory Circular 150/5370-2. The safety plan included within the contract documents conveys minimum requirements for operational safety on the airport during construction activities. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a plan that details how it proposes to comply with the requirements presented within the safety plan. The Contractor shall implement all necessary safety plan measures prior to commencement of any work activity. The Contractor shall conduct routine checks of the safety plan measures to assure ` compliance with the safety plan measures. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for the conduct of all subcontractors it employs on the �- project. The Contractor shall assure that all subcontractors are made aware of the requirements of the safety plan and that they implement and maintain all necessary measures. No deviation or modifications may be made to the approved safety plan unless approved in writing by the Owner or Engineer. 80.05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. MV Front Ends.doc III-36 ■T Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor who violates any operational regulations and, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Engineer, be removed forthwith by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without approval of the Engineer. Should the Contractorfail to remove such persons or person, orfail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the work, the Engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders. All equipment that is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. if the Contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract, he may request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the Contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Engineer determines that the work produced does not meet contract requirements, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The Contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct. No change will be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The Owner shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to cant' out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Owner, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date 'of the Engineer's order to resume the work.- Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Engineer within the time period stated in the Engineer's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his/her claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The Engineer will forward the Contractor's claim to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to Ff W Front Ends.doc III-37 u compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the y Owner, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all - materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. 80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: a. CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his/her weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the -- number of working days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or' SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK). The Engineer shall base his/her weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: (1) No time shall be charged for days on which the Contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least 6 hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double-shift,12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple -shift, 18 hours shall apply. Conditions beyond the Contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the Owner for reasons not the fault of the Contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time. (2) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the effective date of the notice to proceed. (3) The Engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. (4) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. (5) The Contractor will be allowed 1 week in which to file a written protest setting forth his/her objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the Contractor. The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES FTW Front Ends.doc III-38 of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. b. CONTRACT TIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and nonwork days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the Owner's orders to suspend and resume all work, due to causes not the fault of the Contractor, shall be excluded. At the time of final payment, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. c. When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially completed. If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his/her control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the Engineer for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he believes will justify the granting of his/her request. Requests for extension of time on calendar day projects, caused by inclement weather, shall be supported with National Weather Bureau data showing the actual amount of inclement weather exceeded which could normally be expected during the contract period. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the Engineer finds that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the Contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect, the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. For each calendar day or working day, as specked in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his/her surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages including but not limited to additional engineering services that will be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his/her contract. SCHEDULE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES COST I ALLOWED CONSTRUCTION TIME FTW_Front Ends.doc III-39 The maximum construction time allowed for Schedules will be the sum of the time allowed for individual schedules but not more than 45 days. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a wavier on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the contract. 80-09 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Contractor shall be considered in default of his/her contract and such default will be considered as cause for the Owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: a. Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the "Notice to Proceed," or b. Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment or materials -to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract, or c. Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform ' anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or d. Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or e. Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or f. Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or g. Allows any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of 10 days, or h. Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or i. For any other cause whatsoever, fails'to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. Should the Engineer consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason hereinbefore, he shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the Owner's intentions to terminate the — contract. If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner will, upon written notification from the Engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take the prosecution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The Owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor. If such FTW Front Ends.doc III-40 expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES. The Owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense. When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his/her surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. 80-11 WORK AREA, STORAGE AREA AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS, The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to beginning any work in all areas of the airport. No operating runway, taxiway, or Air Operations Area (AOA) shall be crossed, entered, or obstructed while it is operational. The Contractor shall plan and coordinate his/her work in such a manner as to insure safety and a minimum of hindrance to flight operations. All Contractor equipment and material stockpiles shall be stored a minimum or 400 feet from the centerline of an active runway. No equipment will be allowed to park within the approach area of an active runway at anytime. No equipment shall be within 400 feet of an active runway at any time. END OF SECTION 80 FTW_Front_Ends.doc 111-41 SECTION 90 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 90-01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer, or his/her authorized representatives, using United States Customary Units of Measurement or the International System of Units. - The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave -outs) having an area of 9 square feet (0.8 square meter) or less. Unless otherwise specified, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inches. The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 pounds (907 kilograms) avoirdupois. All materials that are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designed by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material is paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the Engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark'. Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable to the Engineer, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity, and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer in writing, material specified to be measured by the cubic yard (cubic meter) may be weighed, and such weights will be converted to cubic yards (cubic meters) for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement FTW_Front Ends.doc III-42 to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon (liter) or ton (kilogram). When measured by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60 F (15 C) or will be corrected to the volume at 60 F (15 C) using ASTM D 1250 for asphalts or ASTM D 633 for tars. Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume, subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities. _ Cement will be measured by the ton (kilogram) or hundredweight (kilogram). Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (M.F.B.M.) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. The term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipmeht within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gage, unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by the Contractor, or be certified permanently installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate within one-half percent of the correct weight throughout the range of use. The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one -tenth of 1 percent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than 1 pound (454 grams). The use of spring balances will not be permitted. 4 FTW Front Ends.doc III-43 .. Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and the inspector can safely and conveniently view them. Scale installations shall have available ten standard 50-pound (2.3 kilogram) weights for testing the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate, and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighting -accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of 1 percent. In the event inspection reveals the scales have been "underweighing" (indicating less than correct weight), they shall be adjusted, and no additional payment to the Contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. 90-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense. of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifications. 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of work - vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his/her unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause. FTW_Front Ends.doc III-44 90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS. As specified in the subsection titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the Engineer shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonperformance) any contract item, except major contract items, in the best interest of the Owner. Should the Engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the Engineers order to omit or nonperform such contract item. Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the Engineers order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the Owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Engineers order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the Contractor as to the nature the amount of such costs. ` 90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for afthe contract �- prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work. When the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work requires that it be done by force account, such force account shall be measured and paid for based on -- expended labor, equipment, and materials plus a negotiated and agreed upon allowance for overhead and profit. a. Miscellaneous. No additional allowance will be made for general superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no specific allowance is herein provided. b. Comparison of Record. The Contractor and the Engineer shall compare records of the cost of force account work at the end of each day. Agreement shall be indicated by signature of the Contractor and the Engineer or their duly authorized representatives. c. Statement. No payment will be made for work performed on a force account basis until the Contractor has furnished the Engineer with duplicate itemized statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as follows: — (1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and extension for each laborer and foreman. (2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment. (3) Quantities of materials, prices, and extensions. (4) Transportation of materials. (5) Cost of property damage, liability and workman's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax. W FTVV Front Ends.doc III-45 Statements shall be accompanied and supported by a receipted invoice for all materials used and transportation charges. However, if materials used on the force account work are not specifically purchased for such work but are taken from the Contractor's stock, then in lieu of the invoices the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were taken from his/her stock, that the quantity claimed was actually used, and that the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the Contractor. 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the Engineer of the value of the work performed and materials complete in place in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section. No partial payment will be made when the amount due the Contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until the final payment is made, except as may be provided (at the Contractor's option) in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the Contractor exercise his/her option, as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such 10 percent retainage shall be deducted. When not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed, the Engineer may, at the Owners discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an,estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the subsection titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all claims for labor and material arising out of this contract before the final retained percentage or final payment is made. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release in full, the Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any potential lien or other such claim. The bond or collateral shall include all costs, expenses, and attorney fees the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging any such lien or claim. 90-07 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the FTW_Front Ends.doc III-46 No airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the Owner. Such delivered ` costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: a. The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at or on an approved site. b. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. c. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. d. The Contractor has furnished the Owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled. e. The Contractor has furnished the Owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at anytime prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 90-08 PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS. At the Contractor's option, he/she may request that the Owner accept (in lieu of the 10 percent retainage on partial payments described in the subsection titled PARTIAL PAYMENTS of this section) the Contractor's deposits in escrow under the following conditions. a. The Contractor shall bear all expenses. of establishing and maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the Owner. b. The Contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the Owner and having a value not less than the 10 percent retainage that would otherwise be withheld from partial payment. i c. The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Owner. d. The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement. FTW Front Ends.doc 11147 ow 90-09 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The Contractor shall approve the Engineer's final estimate or advise the Engineer of his/her objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The Contractor and the Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within 30 calendar days of the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30-day period, a dispute still exists, the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute, and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the Owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. After the Contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the Engineer's final. estimate, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due the Contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the Contractor has fled a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the Owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental final estimate. END OF SECTION 90 FTW—Front Ends.doc III-48 SECTION 100 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM 100-01 GENERAL. When the specification requires a Contractor Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall establish; provide, and maintain an effective Quality Control Program that details the methods and procedures' that will be taken to assure that all materials and completed construction required by this contract conform to contract plans, technical specifications and other requirements, whether manufactured by the Contractor, or procured from subcontractors or vendors. Although guidelines are established and certain minimum requirements are specified herein and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for accomplishing the stated purpose. The intent of this section is to enable the Contractor to establish a necessary level of control that will: a. Adequately provide for the production of acceptable quality materials. b. Provide sufficient information to assure both the Contractor and the Engineer that the specification requirements can be met. c. Allow the Contractor as much latitude as possible to develop his or her own standard of control. - The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss and present, at the preconstruction conference, his/her understanding of the quality control requirements. The Contractor shall not begin any construction or production of materials to be incorporated into the completed work until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed by the Engineer. No partial payment will be made for materials subject to specific quality control requirements until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed. The quality control requirements contained in this section and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications are in addition. to and separate from the acceptance testing requirements. Acceptance testing requirements are the responsibility of the Engineer. 100-02 DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM. a. General Description. The Contractor shall establish a Quality Control Program to perform inspection and testing of all items of work required by the technical specifications, including those performed by subcontractors. This Quality Control Program shall ensure conformance to applicable specifications and plans with respect to materials, workmanship, construction, finish, and functional performance. The Quality Control Program shall be effective for control of all construction work performed under this Contract and shall specifically include surveillance and tests required by the technical specifications, in addition to other requirements of this section and any other activities deemed necessary by the Contractor to establish an effective level of quality control. b. Quality Control Program. The Contractor shall describe the Quality Control Program in a written document that shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to the start of any production, construction, or off -site fabrication. The written Quality Control Program shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at least ten (10) calendar days before the start of construction. FTW_Fmnt Ends.doc III-49 The Quality Control Program shall be organized to address, as a minimum, the following items: a. Quality control organization; b. Project progress schedule; c. Submittals schedule; d. Inspection requirements; e. Quality control testing plan; f. Documentation of quality control activities; and g. Requirements for corrective action when quality control and/or acceptance criteria are not met. The Contractor is encouraged to add any additional elements to the Quality Control Program that he/she deems necessary to adequately control all production and/or construction processes required by this contract. 100-03 QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall be implemented by the establishment of a separate quality control organization. An organizational -� chart shall be developed to show all quality control personnel and how these personnel integrate with other management/production and construction functions and personnel. The organizational chart shall identify all quality control staff by name and function, and shall indicate the total staff required to implement all elements of the Quality Control Program, including inspection and testing for each item of work. If necessary, different technicians can be utilized for _ specific inspection and testing functions for different items of work. If an outside organization or independent testing laboratory is used for implementation of all or part of the Quality Control Program, the personnel assigned shall be subject to the qualification requirements of paragraph 100-03a and 100-03b. The organizational chart shall indicate which personnel are Contractor employees and which are provided by an outside organization. The quality control organization shall consist of the following minimum personnel: a. Program Administrator. The Program Administrator shall be a full-time employee of the Contractor, or a consultant engaged by the Contractor. The Program Administrator shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience in airport and/or highway construction and shall have had prior quality control experience on a project of comparable size and scope as the contract. Additional qualifications for the Program Administrator shall include at least 1 of the following requirements: (1) Professional engineer with 1 year of airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. (2) Engineer -in -training with 2 years of airport paving experience acceptable to the - Engineer. F rW Front Ends.doc III-50 ft (3) An individual with 3 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer, with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil Engineering, Civil Engineering Technology or Construction. (4) Construction materials technician certified at Level II I by the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET). (5) Highway materials technician certified at Level III by NICET. (6) Highway construction technician certified at Level III by NICET. (7) A NICET certified engineering technician in Civil Engineering Technology with 5 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. The Program Administrator shall have full authority to institute any and all actions necessary for the successful implementation of the Quality Control Program to ensure compliance with the contract plans and technical specifications. The Program Administrator shall report directly to a responsible officer of the construction firm. The Program Administrator may supervise the Quality Control Program on more than one project provided that person can be at the job site within 2 hours after being notified of a problem. b. Quality Control Technicians. A sufficient number of quality control technicians necessary to adequately implement the Quality Control Program shall be provided. These personnel shall be either engineers, engineering technicians, or experienced craftsman with qualifications in the appropriate field equivalent to NICET Level II or higher construction materials technician or highway construction technician and shall have a minimum of 2 years of experience in their area of expertise. The quality control technicians shall report directly to the Program Administrator and shall perform the following functions: (1) Inspection of all materials, construction, plant, and equipment for conformance to the technical specifications, and as required by Section 100-06. (2) Performance of all quality control tests as required by the technical specifications and Section 100-07. Certification at an equivalent level, by a state or nationally recognized organization will be acceptable in lieu of NICET certification. c. Staffing Levels. The Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified quality control personnel to monitor each work activity at all times. Where material is being produced in a plant for incorporation into the work, separate plant and field technicians. shall be provided at each plant and field placement location. The scheduling and coordinating of all inspection and testing must match the type and pace of work activity. The Quality Control Program shall state where different technicians will be required for different work elements. 100-04 PROJECT PROGRESS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a coordinated construction schedule for all work activities. The schedule shall be prepared as a network diagram in Critical Path Method (CPM), PERT, or other format, or as otherwise specified in the contract. As FTW Front Ends.doc III-51 a minimum, it shall provide information on the sequence of work activities, milestone dates, and activity duration. The Contractor shall maintain the work schedule and provide an update and analysis of the — progress schedule on a twice monthly basis, or as otherwise specified in the contract. Submission of the work schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of overall responsibility for scheduling, sequencing, and coordinating all work to comply with the requirements of the contract. _ 100-05 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a detailed listing of all submittals (e.g., 'mix designs, material certifications) and shop drawings required by the technical _ specifications. The listing can be developed in a spreadsheet format and shall include: a. Specification item number; b. Item description; c. Description of submittal; d. Specification paragraph requiring submittal; and e. Scheduled date of submittal. 100-06 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. Quality control inspection functions shall be organized to provide inspections for all definable features of work, as detailed below. All inspections shall be documented by the Contractor as specified by Section 100-07. Inspections shall be performed daily to ensure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of the particular feature of work. These shall include the following minimum requirements: a. During plant operation for material production, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be utilized to ensure the quality of aggregates and other mix components, and to adjust and control mix proportioning to meet the approved mix design and other requirements of the technical specifications. All equipment utilized in proportioning and mixing shall be inspected to �y ensure its proper operating condition. The Quality Control Program shall detail how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized. b. During field operations, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be utilized to ensure the quality of all materials and workmanship. All equipment utilized in placing, finishing, and compacting shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition and to ensure - that all such operations are in conformance to the technical specifications and are within the plan dimensions, lines, grades, and tolerances specified. The Program shall document how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized. 100-07 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING PLAN. As a part of the overall Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall implement a quality control testing plan, as required by the technical specifications. The testing plan shall include the minimum tests and test frequencies required by each technical specification Item, as well as any additional quality control tests that the Contractor deems necessary to adequately control production and/or construction processes. The testing plan can be developed in a spreadsheet fashion and shall, as a minimum, include the following: a. Specification item number (e.g., P-401); b. Item description (e.g., Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements); FTW Front Ends.doc III-52 .. c. Test type (e.g., gradation, grade, asphalt content); d. Test standard (e.g., ASTM or AASHTO test number, as applicable); e. Test frequency (e.g., as required by technical specifications or minimum frequency when requirements are not stated); f. Responsibility (e.g., plant technician); and g. Control requirements (e.g., target, permissible deviations). The testing plan shall contain a statistically -based procedure of random sampling for acquiring test samples in accordance with ASTM D 3665. The Engineer shall be provided the opportunity to L witness quality control sampling and testing. All quality control test results shall be documented by the Contractor as required by Section 100-08. 100-08 DOCUMENTATION. The Contractor shall maintain current quality control records of all inspections and tests performed. These records shall include factual evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed, including type and number of inspections or tests involved; results of inspections or tests; nature of defects, deviations, causes for rejection, etc.; proposed remedial action; and corrective actions taken. These records must cover both conforming and defective or deficient features, and must include a statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the work are in full compliance with the terms of the contract. Legible copies of these records shall be furnished to the Engineer daily. The records shall cover all work placed subsequent to the previously furnished records and shall be verified and signed by the Contractor's Program Administrator. Specific Contractor quality control records required for the contract shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following records: a. Daily Inspection Reports. Each Contractor quality control technician shall maintain a daily log of all inspections performed for both Contractor and subcontractor operations on a form acceptable to the Engineer. These technician's daily reports shall provide factual evidence that continuous quality control inspections have been performed and shall, as a minimum, include the following: (1) Technical specification item number and description; (2) Compliance with approved submittals; (3) Proper storage of materials and equipment; (4) Proper operation of all equipment; (5) Adherence to plans and technical specifications; (6) Review of quality control tests; and (7) Safety inspection. The daily inspection reports shall identify inspections conducted, results of inspections, location and nature of defects found, causes for rejection, and remedial or corrective actions taken or proposed. The daily inspection reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. The Engineer shall be provided at least one copy of each daily inspection report on the work day following the day of record. -F b. Daily Test Reports. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a system that will record all quality control test results. Daily test reports shall document the following information: us FTW_Front Ends.doc III-53 (1) Technical specification item number and description; (2) Test designation; (3) Location; (4) Date of test; (5) Control requirements; (6) Test results; (7) Causes for rejection; (8) Recommended remedial actions; and (9) Retests. Test results from each day's work period shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the next days work period. When required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall maintain _ statistical quality control charts. The daily test reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. 100-09 CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS. The Quality Control Program shall indicate the appropriate action to be taken when a process is deemed, or believed, to be out of control (out of tolerance) and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control. The requirements for corrective action shall include both general requirements for operation of the Quality Control Program as a whole, and for individual items of work contained in the technical specifications. The Quality Control Program shall detail how the results of quality control inspections and tests will — be used for determining the need for corrective action and shall contain clear sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and the type of correction to be taken to regain process control. When applicable or required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall establish and utilize statistical quality control charts for individual quality control tests. The requirements for corrective action shall be linked to the control charts. 100-10 SURVEILLANCE BY THE ENGINEER. All items of material and equipment shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the point of production, manufacture or shipment to determine if the Contractor, producer, manufacturer or shipper maintains an adequate quality control system in conformance with the requirements detailed herein and the applicable technical specifications and plans. In addition, all items of materials, equipment and work in place shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the site for the same purpose. Surveillance by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of performing quality control inspections of either on -site or off -site Contractor's or subcontractor's work. 100-11 NONCOMPLIANCE. a. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any noncompliance with any of the foregoing requirements. The Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately take corrective action. Any notice, when delivered by the Engineer or his/her authorized representative to the Contractor or his/her authorized representative at the site of the work, shall be considered sufficient notice. b. In cases where quality control activities do not comply with either the Contractor Quality Control Program or the contract provisions, or where the Contractor fails to properly operate and - maintain an effective Quality Control Program, as determined by the Engineer, the Engineer may: FTW Front Ends.doc III-54 m (1) Order the Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified quality control personnel or subcontractors. (2) Order the Contractor to stop operations until appropriate corrective actions are taken. END OF SECTION 100 FTW_Front Ends.doc III-55 r SECTION 110 METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) 110-01 GENERAL. When the specifications provide for acceptance of material based on the method of estimating percentage of material within specification limits (PWL), the PWL will be determined in accordance with this section. All test results for a lot will be analyzed statistically to determine the total estimated percent of the lot that is within specification limits. The PWL is computed using the sample average (X) and sample standard deviation (S„) of the specified number (n) of sublots for the lot and the specification tolerance limits, L for lower and U for upper, for the particular acceptance parameter. From these values, the respective Quality index(s), QLfor Lower Quality Index and/or Qu for Upper Quality Index, is computed and the PWL for the lot for the specified n is determined from Table 1. All specification limits specified in the technical sections shall be absolute values. Test results used in the calculations shall be to the significant figure given in the test procedure. There is some degree of uncertainty (risk) in the measurement for acceptance because only a small fraction of production material (the population) is sampled and tested. This uncertainty exists because all portions of the production material have the same probability to be randomly sampled. The Contractor's risk is the probability that material produced at the acceptable quality level is rejected or subjected to a .pay adjustment. The Owner's risk is the probability that material produced at the rejectable quality level is accepted. IT IS THE INTENT OF THIS SECTION TO INFORM THE CONTRACTOR THAT, IN ORDER TO CONSISTENTLY OFFSET THE CONTRACTOR'S RISK FOR MATERIAL EVALUATED, PRODUCTION QUALITY (USING POPULATION -AVERAGE AND POPULATION STANDARD DEVIATION) MUST BE MAINTAINED AT THE ACCEPTABLE QUALITY SPECIFIED OR HIGHER. IN ALL CASES, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PRODUCE AT QUALITY LEVELS THAT WILL MEET THE SPECIFIED ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA WHEN SAMPLED AND TESTED AT THE FREQUENCIES SPECIFIED. 110-02 METHOD FOR COMPUTING PWL. The computational sequence for computing PWL is as follows: a. Divide the lot into n sublots in accordance with the acceptance requirements of the specification. b. Locate the random sampling position within the sublot in accordance with the requirements of the specification. c. Make a measurement at each location, or take a test portion and make the measurement on the test portion in accordance with the testing requirements of the specification. d. Find the sample average (X) for all sublot values within the lot by using the following formula: X = (x,+x2+x3+...x.)/n Where:X = Sample average of all sublot values within a lot x,, x2 = Individual sublot values FTVN_Front Ends.doc III-56 n = Number of sublots e. Find the sample standard deviation (S,) by use of the following formula: S„ _ [(d,2 + d22 + d32 + .. A„ 2)/(n-1 W/2 Where:S„ = Sample standard deviation of the number of sublot values in the set average value X d,, d2, = Deviations of the individual sublot values x,, x2, ... from the that is: d, _ (x, - X), d2 = (x2 - X) ... d„ _ (x„ - X) n = Number of sublots f. For single sided specification limits (i.e., L only), compute the Lower Quality Index QL by use of the following formula: QL=(X-L)/S„ Where:L = specification lower tolerance limit Estimate the percentage of material within limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 with QL, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of measurements. If the value of QL falls between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PWL. g. For double -sided specification limits (i.e. L and U), compute the Quality Indexes QL and Qu by use of the following formulas: _ QL=(X-L)/Sri and Qu=(U-X)/Sri Where: L and U = specification lower and upper tolerance limits Estimate the percentage of material between the lower (L) and upper (U) tolerance limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 separately with QL and Qu, using the column appropriate to the total "- number (n) of measurements, and determining the percent of material above' PL and percent of material below Pu for each tolerance limit. If the values of QL fall between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PL or Pu. Determine the PWL by use of the following formula: - PWL =(Pu+PJ-100 Where: PL = percent within lower specification limit Pu = percent within upper specification limit EXAMPLE OF PWL CALCULATION Project., Example Project Test Item: Item P-401, Lot A. A. PWL Determination for Mat Density. FTW Front Ends.doc III-57 • r 1. Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. A-1 96.60 A-2 97.55 A-3 99.30 A-4 98.35 n = 4 2. Calculate average density for the lot. X= (x1 +x2+x3+...xn)/n X = (96.60 + 97.55 + 99.30 + 98.35) / 4 X = 97.95 percent density 3. Calculate the standard deviation for the lot. Sn = [((96.60 - 97.95)2 + (97.55 - 97.95)2 +(99.30-97.95)2 + (98.35-97.95)2)) / (4 Sn=[(1.82+0.16+1.82+0.16)/3]"2 Sn = 1.15 4. Calculate the Lower Quality index QL for the lot. (L=96.3) QL = (X -L) / Sn QL = (97.95 - 96.30) / 1.15 QL = 1.4348 5. Determine PWL by entering Table 1 with QL= 1.44 and n= 4. PWL = 98 B. PWL Determination for Air Voids. 1. Air Voids of four random samples taken from Lot A. A-1 5.00 A-2 3.74 A-3 2.30 A-4 3.25 2. Calculate the average air voids for the lot. X=(x1 +x+x3... n)/n X= (5.00 + 3.74 + 2.30 + 3.25) / 4 X = 3.57 percent 3. Calculate the standard deviation Sn for the lot. FTW-Front Ends.doc III-58 Sn = [((3.57 - 5.00)2 + (3.57 - 3.74)2 + (3.57 - 2.30)2 + (3.57-3.25)2) / (4 - 1)]'1Z Sn = [(2.04+0.03+ 1.62+0.10 )/3]"2 Sn = 1.12 4. Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot. (L= 2.0) _. QL=(X-L)/Sn QL = (3.57 - 2.00) / 1.12 QL = 1.3992 5. Determine PL by entering Table 1 with QL = 1.41 and n = 4. PL=97 6. Calculate the Upper Quality Index Qu for the lot. (U= 5.0) Qu=(U-X)/Sn Qu = (5.00 - 3.57) / 1.12 Qu = 1.2702 7. Determine Pu by entering Table 1 with Qu = 1.29 and n = 4. Pu = 93 8. Calculate Air Voids PWL PWL = (PL + Pu) - 100 - PWL = (97 + 93) - 100 = 90 EXAMPLE OF OUTLIER CALCULATION (Reference ASTM E 78) Project: Example Project Test Item: Item P-401, Lot A. A. Outlier Determination for Mat Density. 1. Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. arranged in descending order. A-3 99.30 A-4 98.35 A-2 97.55 A-1 96.60 FTW Front Ends.doc 111-59 r r 2. Use n=4 and upper 5 percent significance level of to find the critical value for test criterion = 1.463. 3. Use average density, standard deviation, and test criterion value to evaluate density measurements. a. For measurements greater than the average: If. (measurement - average)/(standard deviation) is less than test criterion, Then: the measurement is not considered an outlier for A-3 Check if (99.30 - 97.95) / 1.15 greater than 1.463 1.174 is less than 1.463, the value is not an outlier b. For measurements less than the average: If (average - measurement)/(standard deviation) is less than test criterion, the measurement is not considered an outlier for A-1 Check if ( 97.95 - 96.60) / 1.15 greater than 1.463 1.0 is less than 1.463, the value is not an outlier NOTE: In this example, a measurement would be considered an outlier if the density was: greater than (97.95+1.463x1.15) = 99.63 percent or, less than (97.95-1.463x1.15) = 96.27 percent FTW_Front Ends.doc III-60 TABLE 1. TABLE FOR ESTIMATING PERCENT OF LOT WITHIN LIMITS (PWL) Percent Within Positive Values of Q A and Qu) Limits (PLand Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 99 1.1541 1.4700 1.6714 1.8008 1.8888 1.9520 1.9994 2.0362 98 1.1524 1.4400 1.6016 1.6982 1.7612 1.8053 1.8379 1.8630 97 1.1496 1.4100 1.5427 1.6181 1.6661 1.6993 1.7235 1.7420 96 1.1456 1.3800 1.4897 1.5497 1.5871 1.6127 1.6313 1.6454 95 1.1405 1.3500 1.4407 1.4887 1.5181 1.5381 1.5525 1.5635 94 1.1342 1.3200 1.3946 1.4329 1.4561 1.4717 1.4829 1.4914 93 1.1269 1.2900 1.3508 1.3810 1.3991 1.4112 1.4199 1.4265 92 1.1184 1.2600 1.3088 I 1.3323 I 1.3461 1.3554 1.3620 1.3670 91 1.1089 1.2300 1.2683 I 1.2860 1.2964 1.3032 1.3081 1.3118 90 1.0982 1.2000 1.2290 ' 1.2419 1.2492 1.2541 1.2576 I 1.2602 89 1.0864 1.1700 1.1909 I 1.1995 I 1.2043 1.2075 1.2098 I 1.2115 88 1.0736 1.1400 1.1537 I 1.1587 I 1.1613 I 1.1630 1.1643 I 1.1653 87 1.0597 1.1100 1.1173 1.1192 1.1199 I 1.1204 I 1.1208 1.1212 86 1.0448 1.0800 1.0817 1.0808 I 1.0800 1.0794 1.0791 1.0789 85 1.0288 1.0500 1.0467 1.0435 I 1.0413 I 1.0399 1.0389 1.0382 84 1.0119 1.0200 1.0124 1.0071 1.0037 1.0015 I 1.0000 0.9990 83 0.9939 0.9900 0.9785 0.9715 0.9671 0.9643 0.9624 0.9610 82 0.9749 0.9600 0.9452 10.9367 10.9315 0.9281 0.9258 0.9241 81 0.9550 0.9300 0.9123 I 0.9025 I 0.8966 I 0.8928 0.8901 0.8882 80 0.9342 0.9000 0.8799 0.8690 I 0.8625 I 0.8583 0.8554 0.8533 79 0.9124 0.8700 0.8478 0.8360 0.8291 0.8245 0.8214 0.8192 78 0.8897 0.8400 0.8160 10.8036 0.7962 0.7915 l 0.7882 0.7858 77 0.8662 0.8100 0.7846 I 0.7716 0.7640 I 0.7590 I 0.7556 0.7531 76 0.8417 0.7800 0.7535 0.7401 0.7322 I 0.7271 0.7236 I 0.7211 75 0.8165 0.7500 0.7226 0.7089 0.7009 0.6958 0.6922 0.6896 FT1N Front Ends.doc III-61 Percent Within I Positive Values of Q (QL and Qu) Limits (PLand Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 74 0.7904 0.7200 0.6921 0.6781 0.6701 0.6649 0.6613 0.6587 73 0.7636 0.6900 0.6617 0.6477 0.6396 0.6344 0.6308 0.6282 72 0.7360 0.6600 0.6316 0.6176 0.6095 0.6044 0.6008 0.5982 71 0.7077 0.6300 0.6016 0.5878 0.5798 0.5747 0.5712 0.5686 70 0.6787 0.6000 0.5719 0.5582 0.5504 0.5454 0.5419 0.5394 69 0.6490 0.5700 0.5423 0.5290 0.5213 0.5164 0.5130 0.5105 68 I 0.6187 0.5400 0.5129 0.4999 I 0.4924 I 0.4877 0.4844 0.4820 67 0.5878 0.5100 0.4836 0.4710 0.4638 0.4592 0.4560 0.4537 66 0.5563 0.4800 0.4545 0.4424 0.4355 0.4310 0.4280 0.4257 65 0.5242 0.4500 0.4255 I 0.4139 0.4073 0.4030 I 0.4001 0.3980 64 0.4916 0.4200 0.3967 0.3856 0.3793 0.3753 I 0.3725 0.3705 63 I 0.4586 0.3900 0.3679 0.3575 0.3515 0.3477 I 0.3451 0.3432 62 10.4251 0.3600 0.3392 ( 0.3295 I 0.3239 0.3203 ( 0.3179 0.3161 61 0.3911 0.3300 0.3107 I 0.3016 0.2964 0.2931 0.2908 0.2892 60 0.3568 0.3000 0.2822 0.2738 0.2691 0.2660 0.2639 0.2624 59 10.3222 0.2700 0.2537 0.2461 0.2418 , 0.2391 I 0.2372 0.2358 58 0.2872 0.2400 0.2254 0.2186 0.2147 I 0.2122 I 0.2105 0.2093 57 0.2519 0.2100 0.1971 0.1911 0.1877 0.1855 0.1840 0.1829 .56 10.2164 0.1800 0.1688 I 0.1636 0.1607 0.1588 0.1575 0.1566 55 0.1806 0.1500 0.1406 0.1363 0.1338 0.1322 I 0.1312 0.1304 54 0.1447 0.1200 01125 0.1090 0.1070 0.1057 0.1049 0.1042 53 I 0.1087 0.0900 0.0843 0.0817 I 0.0802 0.0793 0.0786 0.0781 52 0.0725 0.0600 0.0562 0.0544 I 0.0534 0.0528 0.0524 0.0521 51 0.0363 0.0300 0.0281 I 0.0272 I 0.0267 I 0.0264 10.0262 0.0260 50 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 10.0000 10.0000 0.0000 10.0000 0.0000 FTW Front Ends.doc III-62 Percent Within Negative Values of Q A and Qu) Limits (PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 49 -0.0363 -0.0300 -0.0281 -0.0272 -0.0267 -0.0264 -0.0262 -0.0260 48 -0.0725 -0.0600 -0.0562 -0.0544 -0.0534 -0.0528 -0.0524 -0.0521 47 -0.1087 -0.0900 -0.0843 -0.0817 -0.0802 -0.0793 -0.0786 -0.0781 46 -0.1447 -0.1200 -0.1125 -0.1090 -0.1070 -0.1057 -0.1049 -0.1042 45 -0.1806 -0.1500 -0.1406 -0.1363 -0.1338 -0.1322 -0.1312 -0.1304 44 -0.2164 -0.1800 -0.1688 -0.1636 -0.1607 -0.1588 -0.1575 -0.1566 43 -0.2519 -0.2100 -0.1971 -0.1911 -0.1877 -0.1855 -0.1840 -0.1829 42 -0.2872 -0.2400 -0.2254 -0.2186 -0.2147 -0.2122 -0.2105 -0.2093 41 -0.3222 -0.2700 -0.2537 -0.2461 -0.2418 -0.2391 -0.2372 -0.2358 40 -0.3568 -0.3000 -0.2822 -0.2738 -0.2691 -0.2660 -0.2639 -0.2624 39 -0.3911 -0.3300 -0.3107 -0.3016 -0.2964 -0.2931 -0.2908 -0.2892 38 -0.4251 -0.3600 -0.3392 -0.3295 -0.3239 -0.3203 -0.3179 -0.3161 37 -0.4586 -0.3900 -0.3679 -0.3575 -0.3515 -0.3477 -0.3451 -0.3432 36 -0.4916 -0.4200 -0.3967 -0.3856 -0.3793 -0.3753 -0.3725 -0.3705 35 -0.5242 -0.4500 -0.4255 -0.4139 -0.4073 -0.4030 -0.4001 -0.3980 34 -0.5563 -0.4800 -0.4545 -0.4424 -0.4355 -0.4310 -0.4280 -0.4257 33 -0.5878 -0.5100 -0.4836 -0.4710 -0.4638 -0.4592 -0.4560 -0.4537 32 -0.6187 -0.5400 -0.5129 -0.4999 -0.4924 -0.4877 -0.4844 -0.4820 31 -0.6490 -0.5700 -0.5423 -0.5290 -0.5213 -0.5164 -0.5130 -0.5105 I30 -0.6787 -0.6000 -0.5719 -0.5582 -0.5504 -0.5454 -0.5419 -0.5394 I29 -0.7077 -0.6300 -0.6016 -0.5878 -0.5798 -0.5747 -0.5712 -0.5686 28 -0.7360 -0.6600 -0.6316 -0.6176 -0.6095 -0.6044 -0.6008 -0.5982 27 -0.7636 -0.6900 -0.6617 -0.6477 -0.6396 -0.6344 -0.6308 -0.6282 26 -0.7904 -0.7200 -0.6921 -0.6781 -0.6701 -0.6649 -0.6613 -0.6587 25 -0.8165 -0.7500 -0.7226 -0.7089 -0.7009 -0.6958 -0.6922 -0.6896 24 -0.8417 -0.7800 -0.7535 -0.7401 -0.7322 -0.7271 -0.7236 -0.7211 FTW Front Ends.doc III-63 no no Percent Within Negative Values of Q A and Qu) Limits (PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 23 -0.8662 -0.8100 -0.7846 -0.7716 -0.7640 -0.7590 -0.7556 -0.7531 22 -0.8897 -0.8400 -0.8160 -0.8036 -0.7962 -0.7915 -0.7882 -0.7858 21 -0.9124 -0.8700 -0.8478 -0.8360 -0.8291 -0.8245 -0.8214 -0.8192 20 -0.9342 -0.9000 -0.8799 -0.8690 -0.8625 -0.8583 -0.8554 -0.8533 19 -0.9550 -0.9300 -0.9123 -0.9025 -0.8966 -0.8928 -0.8901 -0.8882 18 -0.9749 -0.9600 -0.9452 -0.9367 -0.9315 -0.9281 -0.9258 -0.9241 17 -0.9939 -0.9900 -0.9785 -0.9715 -0.9671 -0.9643 -0.9624 -0.9610 16 -1.0119 -1.0200 -1.0124 -1.0071 -1.0037 -1.0015 -1.0000 -0.9990 15 -1.0288 -1.0500 -1.0467 -1.0435 -1.0413 -1.0399 -1.0389 -1.0382 14 -1.0448 -1.0800 -1.0817 -1.0808 -1.0800 -1.0794 -1.0791 -1.0789 13 -1.0597 -1.1100 -1.1173 -1.1192 -1.1199 -1.1204 -1.1208 -1.1212 12 -1.0736 -1.1400 -1.1537 -1.1587 -1.1613 -1.1630 -1.1643 -1.1653 11 -1.0864 -1.1700 -1.1909 -1.1995 -1.2043 -1.2075 -1.2098 -1.2115 10 -1.0982 -1.2000 -1.2290 -1.2419 -1.2492 -1.2541 -1.2576 -1.2602 9 -1.1089 -1.2300 -1.2683 -1.2860 -1.2964 -1.3032 -1.3081 -1.3118 8 -1.1184 -1.2600 -1.3088 -1.3323 -1.3461 -1.3554 -1.3620 -1.3670 7 -1.1269 -1.2900 -1.3508 -1.3810 -1.3991 -1.4112 -1.4199 -1.4265 6 -1.1342 -1.3200 -1.3946 -1.4329 -1.4561 -1.4717 -1.4829 -1.4914 5 -1.1405 -1.3500 -1.4407 -1.4887 -1.5181 -1.5381 -1.5525 -1.5635 4 -1.1456 -1.3800 -1.4897 -1.5497 -1.5871 -1.6127 -1.6313 -1.6454 3 -1.1496 -1.4100 -1.5427 -1.6181 -1.6661 -1.6993 -1.7235 -1.7420 2 -1.1524 -1.4400 -1.6016 -1.6982 -1.7612 -1.8053 -1.8379 -1.8630 1 -1.1541 -1.4700 -1.6714 -1.8008 -1.8888 -1.9520 -1.9994 -2.0362 END OF SECTION 110 wd FTW_Front Ends.doc III-64 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 PART IV - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INDEX OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS No. Description G-300 Construction Barricades, Lighted Cones and Traffic Control G-700 Demolition P-100 Mobilization S-P-154 Special Provision to Subbase Course P-154 Subbase Course S-P-209 Special Provision to Crushed Aggregate Base Course P-209 Crushed Aggregate Base Course S-P-501 Special Provision to Portland Cement Concrete Pavement P-501 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement S-P-602 Special Provision to Bituminous Prime Coat P-602 Bituminous Prime Coat S-P-605 Special Provision to Joint Sealing Filler P-605 Joint Sealing Filler S-P-620 Special Provision to Runway and Taxiway Painting P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting S-P-626 Special Provision to Emulsified Asphalt Slurry Seal Surface Treatment P-626 Emulsified Asphalt Slurry Seal Surface Treatment P-628 Crack Sealing Asphalt Pavement Description ITEM-314 City of Fort Worth Cement Concrete Pavement TxDOT-340 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement TxDOT-672 Raised Pavement Markers TOC-1 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 ITEM G-300 CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES, LIGHTED CONES AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DESCRIPTION 300-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall include the construction, placement, relocation and.removal of lighted cones and multi -barrier barricades. This item shall include all labor and materials necessary for furnishing, placement, relocation, maintenance, and removal of lighted cones and construction barricades. All light cones and barricades will be stored on site and will be placed as Directed by the Owner Authorized Representative (OAR). MATERIALS 300-2.1 LIGHTED CONES. The cones shall be either red or orange in color and shall be weighted sufficiently either by design or other methods to stabilize the cones against wind or jet aircraft blast. The lights shall be attached to, the cones or adjacent to the cones. The lights shall be battery s operated and will be flashing, strobe, or continuous burning, as shown on the plans, or as directed by the OAR. The cones shall have a six (6) inch wide retroreflective band continuously around the cone located near the top of the cone. 300-2.2 MULTI -BARRIER BARRICADES. The multi -barrier barricades shall be Safety Barricade Model AR-10x96 or approved equal. The red lights shall be battery operated and shall be of such a design that they will operate a _ minimum of 15 hours on a single charge. 300-2.3 TEMPORARY RUNWAY CLOSER MARKINGS. The temporary runway closer markings shall be in accordance with the detail "Lighted Portable Runway Closer Marker" as shown on plans. Runway Closer X's shall be placed only at each end of the runway on top of the runway designation marking. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 300-3.1 LIGHTED CONES. The lighted cones shall be placed at locations designated by the OAR. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to maintain the lighted cones and to immediately repair or replace any cone that is damaged, and to replace batteries, lights and flashers that are not Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-300-1 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 operating. Maintenance, repair, and replacement will not be paid for directly, but shall be subsidiary to the Bid Item 00501. If the Contractor fails to locate or maintain the lighted cones, it shall be cause for the suspension of work, until proper maintenance and location has been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the OAR. During construction, the Contractor may be required to relocate certain lighted cones to accommodate progress of this work as directed by the OAR and to place lighted cones on a nightly basis for runway and taxiway closures. This relocation is not a separate pay item but will be considered subsidiary to the Bid Item 00501. 300-3.2 MULTI -BARRIER BARRICADES. a. Placement of Multi -Barrier Barricades. Multi -barrier barricades shall be placed on the concrete apron, asphalt shoulders and grass areas, -as directed by the OAR, to separate the active apron and taxiways from areas under construction. Placement of multi -barrier barricades shall be compatible with the contract documents and shall be located to the extent determined by the OAR. -- (1) It' shall be the Contractor's responsibility to secure the multi -barrier barricades in the grassy area in a stable manner. (2) The battery operated red flashers located at each end of the multi -barrier barricade shall be operative at all times. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to immediately repair or replace any flasher that is not operating. (3) Multi -barrier barricades shall be in place prior to commencing construction operations. If the Contractor fails to locate or maintain barricades and lights, it shall be cause • for the suspension of work, until proper maintenance and barricade location has been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the OAR. b. Relocation of Multi -Barrier Barricades. Multi -barrier barricades shall be relocated to new areas as directed by the OAR. This relocation is not a separate pay item but will be considered subsidiary to the Bid Item 00501. c. The -multi-barrier barricades shall remain the property of the Contractor. 300-3.3 TEMPORARY RUNWAY CLOSER MARKINGS. The temporary runway closer marking shall be placed at each end of runway on top of runway - designation markings. This marking shall be yellow in color and shall be in accordance with the detail "Lighted Portable Runway Closer Marker" as shown on plans. Temporary Lighted Portable Runway Closer Markings shall be used only during the construction period and shall be removed prior to the opening of the runway. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-300-2 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 300-4.1 LIGHTED CONES AND BARRICADES. The furnishing, installation and relocation of construction lighted cones and barricades shall not be measured separately but shall be considered subsidiary to the Lump Sum bid item "Sign - Barricades & Traffic Routing -- Install'. 300-4.2 TEMPORARY LIGHTED PORTABLE RUNWAY CLOSER MARKINGS. The furnishing, installation and relocation and/or removal of temporary portable lighted runway closer markings, on both sides of runway, shall not be measured separately but shall be considered as a complete unit and measured as each. BASIS OF PAYMENT 300-5.1 LIGHTED CONES AND BARRICADES. No separate payment shall be made for barricades, lighted cones or other traffic control devices. Payment for these items shall be made at the contract Lump Sum price bid for Signs - Barricades & Traffic Routing. Such price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals* necessary to provide, install, relocate, maintain and = remove all construction barricades, lighted cones and traffic control devices. 300-5.2 TEMPORARY LIGHTED PORTABLE RUNWAY CLOSER MARKINGS. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract price bid for each Temporary Portable Lighted Runway Closer Marker. Such price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, labor, tools, equipment, fuel and incidentals necessary to provide, install, relocate, maintain and remove all Temporary Lighted Portable Runway Closer Marker(s). Payment will be made under: Item 00501 Sign -Barricades & Traffic Routing -- Install --per lump sum. Item 00501 Sign -Barricades & Traffic Routing — Install (Portable Lighted Runway Closer Marker — per each. END OF ITEM G-300 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-300-3 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 ITEM G-700 DEMOLITION DESCRIPTION 700-1.1 This section shall include all work necessary for and incidental to the execution and completion of demolition, and removal or removal, salvage and storage of items as indicated on the drawings but not limited to the following: a. Concrete Pavement by designated depth 3 b. Asphalt Pavement If concrete or asphalt pavement base materials, i.e., cement treated base (CTB), asphalt base, flexible base, etc. are required to be removed, the base materials shall not be considered as individual removal items. CONSTRUCTION METHOD 700-2.1 GENERAL. a. Demolition and removal procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, protection of _ property which is to remain undisturbed, coordination with other work in progress, timely disconnection of any utility service and protection for any vehicles or aircraft in the area. b. The use of explosives will not be permitted. 700-2.2 DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS. a. Demolished -material shall become the property of the- Contractor and shall be properly disposed of outside the limits of the airport property. .. b. Demolished materials shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be properly disposed of outside the limits of the airport, with the exception of materials designated in the contract documents or designated by the Engineer to be salvaged. c. Receipts shall be furnished by the Contractor for salvaged items delivered to the Owner. d. Burning at the project site for disposal of refuse and debris will not be allowed. e. Demolition debris shall be removed at least once each day in accordance with applicable city, county, state and federal laws and/or ordinances. f. The' Contractor shall meet all applicable city, county, state and federal laws and/or ordinances governing spillage of debris while transporting to the disposal site. g. All combustible waste materials and/or hazardous waste and debris shall be handled, transported and disposed of in accordance with applicable local, state and federal laws and/or ordinances. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-700-1 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 700-2.3 DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. a. Concrete pavement specked to be removed shall be saw cut full depth when adjacent to existing structures or pavement to remain in place. Edges of concrete (or asphaltic pavement) to remain shall be protected from chipping or spalling. b. All saw cuts shall be perpendicular to the slab surface. If keys, dowels, or tie bars are present along any edges, these shall be sawed off using appropriate equipment along the edge. The concrete slab to be removed shall be further divided by sawing full depth, at appropriate locations, and each piece lifted out and removed. Care shall be taken to prevent damage to the edge of concrete to remain in place. New sets or dowels or tie bars shall be installed in drilled holes in the existing edge of adjacent concrete slabs before new concrete is poured in place. c. Asphalt pavement specified to be removed shall be saw cut full depth when adjacent to, existing structures or pavement to remain in place. Edges of asphaltic pavement to remain shall be protected from chipping or spalling. d. Avoid excessive vibrations in demolition procedures that would be transmitted through existing structures and finish materials. e. Provide necessary shoring, bracing, needle pinning and other precautions required to properly support existing structures during cutting and demolition operations. f. Existing pavement markers to be removed, shall be obliterated from the pavement without damaging the existing pavement. h. Existing concrete to be removed shall be broken up into pieces not greater than 36 inches in any dimension by a means suitable to the Construction Manager. The use of explosives will not be permitted. Reinforcing steel shall be cut as necessary for satisfactory disposal. i. Crushed aggregate base specified to be removed partially with the demolition of concrete pavement shall be excavated to required depth. Remaining base material shall be protected to provide a base course for new concrete pavement. 700-2.4 CLEAN UP. a. Debris and rubbish shall be removed from the site as directed in Section 700-2.2. b. Debris Control: Remove and transport debris in a manner as to prevent spillage on aprons, _ runways and/or taxiways, roads or adjacent areas. The work area shall be continuously maintained to keep it free of any debris from the construction process. All airfield pavements closed for construction activity shall be thoroughly cleaned with a motorized vacuum sweeper prior to reopening to airfield traffic. — Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-700-2 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 700-3.1 The demolition and removal of concrete pavement and asphalt pavement shall be measured for payment by the square yard for each designated depth as measured in place to neat lines and area actually removed. Excavation of base material, subgrade as specified and removal of thickened edge concrete pavement shall be considered incidental to the pavement removal. No separate measurement shall be made for curb to be demolished. METHOD OF PAYMENT 700-4.1 Payment for the demolition and removal of concrete pavement and asphalt pavement shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard. This price shall be full compensation for all preparation, removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. No separate payment shall be made for excavation of base material, subgrade, thickened edge pavement or curb but shall be considered incidental to the items for which they are an integral part. Payment will be made under: - Item 00040 Pavement - Remove (Asphalt Pavement Demolition, Including Hauling) - per square yard Item 00457 Pavement -Concrete - Remove (14 inch Airfield PCC Pavement Demolition, Including Hauling) - per square yard Item 00457 Pavement -Concrete - Remove (18 inch Airfield PCC Pavement Demolition, Including Hauling) - per square yard _ Item 00457 Pavement -Concrete - Remove (6 inch PCC Pavement Demolition, Including Hauling) - per square yard END OF ITEM G-700 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-700-3 .. Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 M ITEM P-100 MOBILIZATION DESCRIPTION 101-1.1 GENERAL. The work specified in this item consists of preparatory work and operations to mobilize for beginning work on the project, and departure from the site upon completion of this work. Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site, for furnishing, installation and any necessary relocation of construction barricades, and for the establishment of temporary AOA access gate(s), utilities, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as required by these specifications and State and local laws and regulations. The cost of bonds and any required insurance or which is not covered by a separate payment item, and any pre -construction expense necessary for the start of the work, excluding the cost of construction materials, may also be included in this section. This item shall also cover demobilization from the site upon the completion of the work. Demobilization shall include, but is not limited to, removal of temporary offices, buildings, utilities, and other facilities as well as demolition and restoration of the staging area(s) to condition prior to construction, removal of temporary gate(s), reconstruction of permanent security (AOA) fence, haul routes, and any other areas not covered by other sections. BASIS OF PAYMENT 101-2.1 GENERAL. The work and incidental costs covered under this item shall be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for Mobilization.. 101-2.2 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made in accordance with the following: Percent of Original Contract Amount Earned 5% 10% 100% Allowable Percent of the Lump Sum Price for the Item* 50% 90% 100% *The lump sum amount for this item is limited to five (5%) percent of the original Contract amount. Any amount in excess of five (5%) percent will be. paid upon completion of all work on the Contract. The standard retainage as specified in the General Conditions shall be applied to this item. Payment will be made under: Item 00124 Mobilization -- Services --per lump sum END OF ITEM Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-100-1 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE 1. Delete all references to "Engineer"- and replace with "Owner" or "Owner's Representative." 2. Delete Section 154-4.1, METHOD OF MEASUREMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: The quantity of Subbase Course to be paid for will be determined by measurement of the number of square yards of material placed, compacted, and accepted in the completed course in accordance with the specification. 3. Delete Section 154-5.1, BASIS OF PAYMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: 209-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for subbase course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for preparation of subgrade material, for preparing and placing sub base materials, and for all labor, y equipment tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item 00495 Subgrade-Flexbase — Install (6 inch Subbase Course) --per square yard END OF SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-154 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 S-P-154-1 ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE DESCRIPTION 154-1.1 This item shall consist of a subbase course composed of granular materials constructed on a prepared subgrade or underlying course in accordance with these specifications, and in conformity with the dimensions and typical cross section shown on the plans. MATERIALS 154-2.1 MATERIALS. The subbase material shall consist of hard durable particles or -' fragments of granular aggregates. This material will be mixed or blended with tine sand, clay, stone dust, or other similar binding or filler materials produced from approved sources. This mixture must be uniform and shall comply with the requirements of these specifications as to gradation, soil constants, and shall be capable of being compacted into a dense and stable subbase. The material shall be free from vegetable matter, lumps or excessive amounts of clay, and other objectionable or foreign substances. Pit -run material may be used, provided the - material meets the requirements specified. TABLE 1. GRADATION REQUIREMENTS Sieve designation (square openings) as per ASTM C 136 and ASTM D 422 3 inch (75.0 mm) No. 10 (2.0 mm) No. 40 (0.450 mm) No. 200 (0.075 mm) Percentage by weight passing sieves 100 20-100 5-60 0-8 The portion of the material passing the No. 40 (0.450 mm) sieve shall have a liquid limit of not more than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than 6 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. The maximum amount of material finer than 0.02 mm in diameter shall be less than 3%. -- CONSTRUCTION METHODS 154-3.1 GENERAL. The subbase course shall be placed where designated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The material shall be shaped and thoroughly compacted within the tolerances specified. Granular subbases which, due to grain sizes or shapes, are not sufficiently stable to support without movement the construction equipment, shall be mechanically stabilized to the depth necessary to provide such stability as directed by the Engineer. The mechanical stabilization shall principally include the addition of a fine-grained medium to bind the particles of the subbase material sufficiently to furnish a bearing strength, so that the course will not deform Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-154-1 -� Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 under the traffic of the construction equipment. The addition of the binding medium to the subbase material shall not increase the soil constants of that material above the limits specified. 154-3.2 OPERATION IN PITS. All work involved in clearing and stripping pits and handling unsuitable material encountered shall be performed by the Contractor at his/her own expense. The subbase material shall be obtained from pits or sources that have been approved. The material in the pits shall be excavated and handled in such manner that a uniform and satisfactory product can be secured. 154-3.3 PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. Before any subbase material is placed, the underlying course shall be prepared and conditioned as specified. The course shall be checked and accepted by the Engineer before placing and spreading operations are started. To protect the subgrade and to ensure proper drainage, the spreading of the subbase shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of pavements with a one-way slope. 154-3.4 MATERIALS ACCEPTANCE IN EXISTING CONDITION. When the entire subbase material is secured in a uniform and satisfactory condition and contains approximately the required moisture, such approved material may be moved directly to the spreading equipment for placing. The material may be obtained from gravel pits, stockpiles, or may be produced from a crushing and screening plant with the proper blending. The materials from these sources shall meet the requirements for gradation, quality, and consistency. It is the intent of this section of the specifications to secure materials that will not require further mixing. The — moisture content of the material shall be approximately that required to obtain maximum density. Any minor deficiency or excess of moisture may be corrected by surface sprinkling or by aeration. In such instances, some mixing or manipulation may be required, immediately preceding the rolling, to obtain the required moisture content. The final operation shall be blading or dragging, if necessary, to obtain a smooth uniform surface true to line and grade. 154-3.5 PLANT MIXING. When materials from several sources are to be blended and mixed, the subbase material shall be processed in a central or travel mixing plant. The subbase material, together with any blended material, shall be thoroughly mixed with the required amount of water. After the mixing is complete, the material shall be transported to and spread on the underlying course without undue loss of the moisture content. 154-3.5.1 MIXED IN PLACE. When materials from different sources are to be proportioned and mixed or blended in place, the relative proportions of the components of the mixture shall be as designated by the Engineer. The subbase material shall be deposited and spread evenly to a uniform thickness and width. Then the binder, filler or other material shall be deposited and spread evenly over the first layer. There shall be as many layers of materials added as the Engineer may direct to obtain the required subbase mixture. When the required amount of materials have been placed, they shall be thoroughly mixed and blended by means of graders, discs, harrows, rotary tillers, supplemented by other suitable equipment if necessary. The mixing shall continue until the mixture is uniform throughout. Areas of segregated material shall be corrected by the addition of binder or filler material and by thorough remixing. Water in the amount and as directed by the Engineer shall be uniformly Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-154-2 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 applied prior to and during the mixing operations, if necessary, to maintain the material at its required moisture content. When the mixing and blending has been completed, the material shall be spread in a uniform layer which, when compacted, will meet the requirements of thickness and typical cross section. 154-3.6 GENERAL METHODS FOR PLACING. The subbase course shall be constructed in layers. Any layer shall be not less than 3 inches (75 mm) nor more than 8 inches (200 mm) of compacted thickness. The subbase material shall be deposited and spread evenly to a uniform thickness and width. The material, as spread, shall be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine or coarse materials. The subbase, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, shall not be spread more than 2,000 square yards (1700 square meters) in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept within this limit. No material shall be placed in snow or on a soft, muddy, or frozen course. When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described herein shall apply similarly to each layer. During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of subgrade, shoulder, or foreign material in the subbase course mixture. 154-3.7 FINISHING AND COMPACTING. After spreading or mixing, the subbase material shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling and sprinkling, when necessary. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to adequately handle the rate of placing and spreading of the subbase course. The field density of the compacted material shall be at least 100 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens prepared from samples of the subbase material delivered to the jobsite. The laboratory specimens shall be compacted and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1557. The in -place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922. The moisture content of the material at the start of compaction shall not be below nor more than 2 percentage points above the optimum moisture content. When nuclear density gages are to be used for density determination, testing shall be in accordance with Section 120. The course shall not be rolled when the underlying course is soft or yielding or when the rolling causes undulation in the subbase. When the rolling develops irregularities that exceed 1/2 inch (12 mm) when tested with a 16-foot (4.8 m) straightedge, the irregular surface shall be loosened and then refilled with the same kind of material as that used in constructing the course and again rolled as required above. Along places inaccessible to rollers, the subbase material shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers. Sprinkling during rolling, if necessary, shall be in the amount and by equipment approved by the Engineer. Water shall not be added in such a manner or quantity that free water will reach the underlying layer and cause it to become soft. 154-3.8 SURFACE TEST. After the course is completely compacted, the surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown; any portion found to lack the required smoothness or to fail in accuracy ofgrade or crown shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-154-3 •.• Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 and otherwise manipulated as the Engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy re obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) when tested with a 16-foot (4.8 m) straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline. 154-3.9 THICKNESS. The thickness of the completed subbase course shall be determined by depth tests or sample holes taken at intervals so each test shall represent no more than 500 square yards (420 square meters). When the deficiency in thickness is more than 1/2 inch (12 mm), the Contractor shall correct such areas by scarifying, adding satisfactory mixture, rolling, sprinkling, reshaping, and finishing in accordance with these specifications. The Contractor shall replace at his/her expense the subbase material where borings are taken for test purposes. 154-3.10 PROTECTION. Work on subbase course shall not be conducted during freezing temperature nor when the subgrade is wet. When the subbase material contains frozen material or when the underlying course is frozen, the construction shall be stopped. 154-3.11 MAINTENANCE. Following the final shaping of the material, the subbase shall be maintained throughout its entire length by the use of standard motor graders and rollers until, in the judgment of the Engineer, the subbase meets all requirements and is acceptable for the construction of the next course. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 154-4.1 The .yardage of subbase course to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of subbase course material placed, compacted, and accepted in the completed course. The quantity of subbase course material shall be measured in final position based upon depth tests or cores taken as directed by the Engineer, or at the rate of 1 depth test for each 500 square yards (420 square meters) of subbase course, or by means of average end areas on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot (3 mm). On individual depth measurements, thicknesses more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) in excess of that shown on the plans shall be considered as the specified thickness plus 1/2 inch (12 mm) in computing the yardage for payment. Subbase materials shall not be included in any other excavation quantities. BASIS OF PAYMENT 154-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for subbase course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials; for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-154-5.1 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 Subbase Course —per cubic yard (cubic meter) P-154-4 "d WAM TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM D 422 Particle Size Analysis of Soils ASTM D 698 Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5 lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12-in (305 mm) Drop ASTM D 1556 Density of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method ASTM D 1557 Test for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort ASTM D 2922 Density of Soil in Place by the Nuclear Density Method ASTM D 4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils END OF ITEM P-154 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-154-5 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 No SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 1. Delete all references to "Engineer" and replace with "Owner" or "Owner's Representative." 2. Add the following to Section 209-3.1, PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE, Disturbed subgrade material shall be compacted to 95% standard proctor density prior to placing crushed aggregate base material. 3. Add the following to Section 209-4.1, METHOD OF MEASUREMENT, Compaction and preparation of subgrade material shall not be measured for payment, but shall be considered subsidiary to crushed aggregate base course. 4. Delete Section 209-5.1, BASIS OF PAYMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: 209-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for crushed aggregate base course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for compaction and preparation of subgrade material, for preparing and placing crushed aggregate base materials, and for all labor, equipment tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item 00494 Subgrade-Crushed Stone — Install (8 inch Base Course) —per square yard END OF SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-209 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 S-P-209-1 ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE DESCRIPTION 209-1.1 This item consists of a base course composed of crushed aggregates constructed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions - and typical cross sections shown on the plans. MATERIALS 209-2.1 AGGREGATE. Aggregates shall consist of clean, sound, durable particles of crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag and shall be free from coatings of clay, silt, vegetable matter, and other objectionable materials and shall contain no clay balls. Fine aggregate passing the No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve shall consist of fines from the operation of crushing the coarse aggregate. If necessary, fine aggregate may be added to produce the correct . gradation. The fine aggregate shall be produced by crushing stone, gravel, or slag that meet the requirements for wear and soundness specified for coarse aggregate. The crushed slag shall be an air-cooled, blast furnace slag and shall have a unit weight of not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot (1.12 Mg/cubic meter) when tested in accordance with ASTM C 29. The coarse aggregate portion, defined as the material retained on the No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve and larger, shall contain not more than 15 percent, by weight, of flat or elongated pieces as defined in ASTM D 693 and shall have at least 90 percent by weight of particles with at least two fractured faces and 100 percent with at least one fractured face. The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75 percent of the smallest midsectional area of the piece. When two fractured faces are contiguous, the angle between the planes of fractures shall be at least 30 to count as two fractured fades. The percentage of wear shall not be greater than 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. The sodium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 12 percent, after 5 cycles, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 88. The fraction passing the No. 40 (0.42 mm) sieve shall have a liquid limit no greater than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than 4 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. The fine = aggregate shall have a minimum sand equivalent value of 35 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2419. a. Sampling and Testing. Aggregates for preliminary testing shall be furnished by the Contractor prior to the start of production. All tests for initial aggregate submittals necessary to determine compliance with the specification requirements will be made by the Engineer at no expense to the Contractor. Samples of aggregates shall be furnished by the Contractor at the start of production and at km intervals during production. The sampling points and intervals will be designated by the Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-20971 Airfield Pavement Repairs 'W and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 Engineer. The samples will be the basis of approval of specific lots of aggregates from the standpoint of the quality requirements of this section. In lieu of testing, the Engineer may accept certified state test results indicating that the aggregate meets specification requirements. Certified test results shall be less than 6 months old. Samples of aggregates to check gradation shall be taken by the Engineer at least two per lot. The lot will be consistent with acceptable sampling for density. The samples shall be taken from the in -place, compacted material. Sampling shall be in accordance with ASTM D 75, and testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C 136 and ASTM C 117. b. Gradation Requirements. The gradation (job mix) of the final mixture shall fall within the design range indicated in Table 1, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 117 and ASTM C 136. The final gradation shall be continuously well graded from coarse to fine and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on an adjacent sieve or vice versa. TABLE 1. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADATION OF AGGREGATE 111 Sieve Size Design Range Job Mix Percentage by Tolerances Weight Percent Percentage by Weight 2 in (50.0 mm) 100 0 .1-1/2 (37.0 mm) 95-100 +/- 5 1 in (25.0 mm) 70-95 +/- 8 3/4 in (19.0 mm) 55-85 +/- 8 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 30-60 +/- 8 No. 30 (0.60 mm) 12-30 +/- 5 No. 200 (0.075 0-8- +/- 3 mm) M Where environmental conditions (temperature and availability of free moisture) indicate potential damage due to frost action, the maximum percent of material, by weight, of particles smaller than 0.02 mm shall be 3 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D 422. It also may be necessary to have a lower percentage of material passing the No. 200 sieve to help control the percentage of particles smaller than 0.02 mm maximum limit of 5 percent is recommended). The job mix tolerances in Table 1 shall be applied to the job mix gradation to establish a job control grading band. The full tolerance still will apply if application of the tolerances. results in a job control grading band outside the design range. The fraction of the final mixture that passes the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve shall not exceed 60 percent of the fraction passing the No. 30 (0.60 mm) sieve. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-209-2 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 209-3.1• PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. The underlying course shall be checked and accepted by the Engineer before placing and spreading operations are started. Any ruts or soft - yielding places caused by improper drainage conditions, hauling, or any other cause shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense before the base course is placed thereon. Material shall not be placed on frozen subgrade. 209-3.2 MIXING. The aggregate shall be uniformly blended during crushing operations or mixed in a plant. The plant shall blend and mix the materials to meet the specifications and to secure the proper moisture content for compaction. 209-3.3 PLACING. The crushed aggregate base material shall be placed on the moistened t subgrade in layers of uniform .thickness with a mechanical spreader. The maximum depth of a compacted layer shall be 6 inches (150 mm). If the total depth of the compacted material is more than 6 inches (150 mm), it shall be constructed in two or more layers. In multi -layer construction, the base course shall be placed in approximately equal - depth layers. The previously constructed layer should be cleaned of loose and foreign material prior to placing the next layer. The surface of the compacted material shall be kept moist until covered with the next layer. 209-3.4 COMPACTION. Immediately upon completion of the. spreading operations, the crushed aggregate shall be thoroughly compacted. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the material to the required density. The moisture content of the material during placing operations shall not be below, nor more than 2 percentage points above, the optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D 1557. 209-3.5 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING FOR DENSITY. Aggregate base course shall be accepted for density on a lot basis. A lot will consist of one days production where it is not expected to exceed 2400 square yards (2000 square meters). A lot will consist of one-half - days production where a days production is expected to consist of between 2400 and 4800 square yards (2000 and 4000 square meters). Each lot shall be divided into two equal sublots. One test shall be made for each sublot. Sampling locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis -in accordance with statistical procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Each lot will be accepted for density when the field density is at least 100 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens prepared from samples of the base course material delivered to the job site. The specimens shall be compacted and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1557. The in -place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or D 2167. If the specified density is not attained, the entire lot shall be reworked and/or Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-209-3 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 recompacted and two additional random tests made. This procedure shall be followed until the specified density is reached. In lieu of the core method of field density determination, acceptance testing may be accomplished using a nuclear gage in accordance with ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017. The gage should be field calibrated in accordance with paragraph 4 of ASTM D 2922. Calibration tests shall be conducted on the first lot of material placed that meets the density requirements. Use of ASTM D 2922 results in a wet unit weight, and when using this method, ASTM D 3017 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material. Calibration and Standardization shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM standards. Y If a nuclear gage is used for density determination, two random readings shall be made for each sublot. 209-3.6 FINISHING. The surface of the aggregate base course shall be finished by blading or with automated equipment especially designed for this purpose. _ In no case will the addition of thin layers of material be added to the top layer of base course to meet grade. If the elevation of the top layer is 1/2 inch (12 mm) or more below grade, the top layer of base shall be scarified to a depth of at least 3 inches (75 mm), new material added, and the layer shall be blended and recompacted to bring it to grade. If the finished surface is above plan grade, it shall be cut back to grade and rerolled. 209-3.7 SURFACE TOLERANCES. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch (9 mm) when tested with a 16-foot (4.8 m) straightedge applied parallel with or at right angles to the centerline. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by the Contractor at " the Contractor's expense. 209-3.8 THICKNESS CONTROL. The completed thickness of the base course shall be within — 1/2 inch (12 mm) of the design thickness. Four determinations of thickness shall be made for each lot of material placed. The lot size shall be consistent with that specified in paragraph 3.5. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots. One test shall be made for each sublot. .� Sampling locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Where the thickness is deficient by more than 1/2 inch (12 mm), the Contractor shall correct such areas at no additional cost by excavating to the y required depth and replacing with new material. Additional test holes may be required to identify the limits of deficient areas. 209-3.9 MAINTENANCE. The base course shall be maintained in a condition that will meet all specification requirements until the work is accepted. Equipment used in the construction of an adjoining section may be routed over completed portions of the base course, provided no _ damage results and provided that the equipment is routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. The Contractor shall remove all survey and grade hubs from the base courses prior to placing any bituminous surface course. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-209-4 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 209-4.1 The quantity of crushed aggregate base course to be paid for will be determined by measurement of the number of square yards of material actually constructed and accepted by the Engineer as complying with the plans and. specifications. BASIS OF PAYMENT 209-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for crushed -- aggregate base course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for preparing and placing these materials, and for all labor, equipment tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-209-5.1 Crushed Aggregate Base Course —per square yard 1 TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 29 Unit Weight of Aggregate ASTM C 88 Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C 117 Materials Finer than 75pm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C 131 Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by abrasion and impact in the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM D 75 Sampling Aggregate ASTM D 422 Particle Size Analysis of Soils ASTM D 693 Crushed Aggregate for Macadam Pavements ASTM D 698 Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-lb (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in (305mm) Drop ASTM D 1556 Density of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method ASTM D 1557 Test for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort Ft. Worth.Alliance Airport P-209-5 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 ASTM D 2167 Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Ballon Method ASTM D 2419 Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate ASTM D 2922 Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods -- ASTM D 3017 Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods ASTM D 3665 Random Sampling of Construction Materials ASTM D 4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils END OF ITEM P-209 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-209-6 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 _ SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-501 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1. Delete all references to "Engineer" and replace with "Owner" or "Owner's Representative." 2. Add the following to 501-3.1 PROPORTIONS in the first paragraph: The 7-day flexural strength of the concrete will not exceed 600 psi. 3. Delete Section 501-8.1 b, Payment, in its entirety and substitute the following: b. Payment. Payment shall be made under: Item 00459 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing Base — Install (14 inch Airfield Reinforced PCC) -- per square yard Item 00459 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing Base -- Install (18 inch Airfield Reinforced PCC) --- per square yard 4. Add the following Section 501-8.2 Item 00459 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing Base — Install (Saw -Cut Groovingy-- per square yard - 5. Delete Section 501-8.1c, Basis of adjusted payment for Smoothness, in its entirety. END OF SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-501 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 S-P-501-1 ITEM P-501 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT DESCRIPTION ' 501-1.1 This work shall consist of pavement composed of Portland cement concrete, without reinforcement constructed on a prepared underlying surface in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thickness, and typical cross sections shown on the plans. MATERIALS 501-2.1 AGGREGATES. a. Reactivity. Aggregates shall be tested for deleterious reactivity with alkalis in the cement, which may.cause excessive expansion of the concrete. Tests' of coarse and fine aggregate shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 1260. If the expansion of the coarse or fine aggregate test specimens, tested in accordance with ASTM C 1260, does not exceed 0.10 % at 16 days from casting, the coarse or fine aggregates shall be accepted. If the expansion at 16 days is greater than 0.10%, tests of combined materials shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 1260 or ASTM C 1567 using the aggregates, cementitious materials, and/or specific reactivity reducing chemicals in the proportions proposed for the mixture design. If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens, tested in accordance with ASTM C 1260 or ASTM C 1567, does not exceed 0.10 % at [30] days from casting, the proposed combined materials will be accepted. If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens is greater than 0.10% at 30 days, the aggregates will not be accepted unless adjustments to the combined materials mixture can reduce the expansion to less than 0.10 % at 30 days, or new aggregates shall be evaluated and tested. b. Fine Aggregate. Fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33. Gradation shall meet the requirements of Table 1 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136, except as may otherwise be qualified under Section 6 of ASTM C 33. TABLE 1. GRADATION FOR FINE AGGREGATE (ASTM C 33) Sieve Designation (Square Percentage by - Openings) Weight Passing Sieves 318 in. (9.5 mm) 100 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 95-100 No. 8 (2.36 mm) 80-100 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 50-85 �. No. 30 (600 micro-m) 25-60 No. 50 (300 micro-m) 10-30 No. 100 (150 micro-m) 2-10 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-1 c. Coarse Aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33. Gradation, within the separated size groups, shall meet the requirements of Table 2 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136. When the nominal maximum size of the aggregate is greater than 1 inch, the aggregates shall be furnished in two size groups. Aggregates delivered to the mixer shall consist of crushed stone, crushed or uncrushed gravel, air-cooled blast furnace slag, crushed recycled concrete pavement, or a combination thereof. The aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard, uncoated particles and shall meet the requirements for d6leterious substances contained in ASTM C 33, Class 4S. Dust and other coating shall be removed from the aggregates by washing. The aggregate in any size group shall not contain more than 8 percent by weight of flat or elongated pieces when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4791. A flat or elongated particle is one having a ratio between the maximum and the minimum dimensions of a circumscribing rectangular prism exceeding 5 to 1. The percentage of wear shall be no more than 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 or ASTM C 535. TABLE 2. GRADATION FOR COARSE AGGREGATE ASTM C 33 Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves Sieve Designations (square openings) 1-1/2"-3/4" 3/4"-No.4 in. mm 2-1/2 63 --- 2 50.8 100 --- 1-1/2 38.1 90-100 --- 1 25.0 20-55 100 =- 3/4 19.0 0-15 90-100 1 /2 12.5 --- --- 3/8 9.5 0-5 20-55 No.4 4.75 --- 0-10 No.8 2.36 --- 0-5 Aggregate susceptibility to Disintegration (D) Cracking. Aggregates that have a history of D-cracking shall not be used. Prior to approval of mixture design and production of Portland �. cement concrete the Contractor shall submit written certification that the aggregate does not have a history of D-Cracking and that the aggregate meets the specified State requirements. (1) Other sources of crushed stone aggregate shall be approved if the durability factor as determined by ASTM C 666 is greater than or equal to 95 and all other quality test requirements within these specifications are fulfilled. The FAA will consider and reserves final approval of other State classification procedures. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-2 (2) Crushed gravel and sand -gravel aggregates shall not be required to meet freeze -thaw durability ratings. These aggregates shall be approved for use in concrete by the state highway agency in the state from which the aggregate originates and the state in which they are to be used and shall meet all other criteria within these specifications. 501-2.2 CEMENT. Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150 Type 1/11. If for any reason, cement becomes partially set or contains lumps of caked cement, it shall be. rejected. Cement salvaged from discarded or used bags shall not be used. Only cements containing less than 0.6% equivalent alkali or cements that can demonstrate a positive reduction in the expansion created by alkali -silica reactions shall be used. 501-2.3 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. a. Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolan. Fly ash shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 618, Class C, F, or N with the exception of loss of ignition, where the maximum shall be less than 6 percent for Class F or N. The supplementary optional chemical and physical properties of Table 3 contained in ASTM C 618 shall apply. Fly ash such as is produced in furnace operations utilizing liming materials or soda ash (sodium carbonate) as an additive shall not be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each shipment of Fly Ash used in the project. The vendor's certified test report can be used for acceptance or the material may be tested independently by the Engineer. b. Blast Furnace Slag (Slag Cement). Ground Granulated Blast Furnace (GGBF) slag shall conform to ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. GGBF shall be used only at a rate between 25 and 55 percent of the total cementitious material by mass. 501-2.4 PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER. Premolded joint filler for expansion joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 1752, Type II or III and shall be punched to admit the dowels where called for on the plans. The filler for each joint shall be furnished in a single piece for the full depth and width required for the joint, unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. When the use of more than one piece is required for a joint, the abutting ends shall be fastened securely and held accurately to shape by stapling or other positive fastening means satisfactory to the Engineer. 501-2.5 JOINT SEALER. The joint sealer for the joints in the concrete pavement shall meet the requirements of Item P-605 and shall be of the type(s) specified in the plans. 501-2.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT. Reinforcing shall consist of billet steel bars conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 615, Grade 60. 501-2.7 DOWEL AND TIE BARS. Tie bars shall. be deformed steel bars and conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615 or ASTM A 996, except that rail steel bars, Grade 50 or 60, shall .. not be used for tie bars that are to be bent or restraightened during construction. Tie bars designated as Grade 40 in ASTM A 615 can be used for construction requiring bent bars. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-3 Dowel bars shall be plain steel bars conforming to ASTM A 615 or ASTM A 966 and shall be free from burring or other deformation restricting 'slippage in the concrete. High strength dowel bars shall conform to ASTM A 714, Class 2, Type S, Grade I, II or 111, Bare Finish. Before delivery to the construction site each dowel bar shall be painted with one coat of paint conforming to MIL-DTL-24441/20A.SSPC Paint. 5 or SSPC Paint 25.Metal or plastic collars shall be full circular device supporting the dowel until the epoxy hardens. The sleeves for dowel bars used in expansion joints shall be. metal or other type of an approved — design to cover 2 to 3 inches (50 mm to 75 mm) of the dowel, with a closed end and with a suitable stop to hold the end of the bar at least 1 inch (25 mm) from the closed end of the sleeve. Sleeves shall be of such design that they will not collapse during construction. 501-2.8 WATER. Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product. Water will be tested in accordance with the requirements of AASHTO T 26. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without testing. 501-2.9 COVER MATERIAL FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: a. Liquid membrane -forming compounds for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B, or Class A if wax base only. b. White polyethylene film for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. c. White burlap -polyethylene sheeting for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. d. Waterproof paper for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. 501-2.10 ADMIXTURES. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be — approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit certificates indicating that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements indicated below. In addition, the Engineer may require the Contractor to submit complete test data from an approved laboratory showing that ._ the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements of the cited specifications. Subsequent tests may be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is ,- uniform in quality with that approved. a. Air -Entraining Admixtures. Air -entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 260 and shall consistently entrain the air content in the specified ranges under field conditions. The air -entrainment agent and any water reducer admixture shall be compatible. b. Chemical Admixtures. Water -reducing, set retarding, and set -accelerating admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 494, including the flexural strength test. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-4 501-2.11 EPDXY -RESIN. Epoxy -resin used to anchor dowels and tie bars in pavements shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 881, Type I, Grade 3, Class C. Class A or B shall be used when the surface temperature of the hardened concrete is below 60 degrees. F (16 degrees C). 501-2.12 MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE. Prior to use of materials, the Contractor shall submit certified test reports to the Engineer for those materials proposed for use during construction. The certification shall show the appropriate ASTM test(s) for each material, the test results, and a statement -that the material passed or failed. - The Engineer may request samples for testing, prior to and during production, to verify the quality of the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable specifications. MIX DESIGN 501-3.1 PROPORTIONS. Concrete shall be designed to achieve a 28-day flexural strength that meets or exceeds the acceptance criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2 for a flexural strength of 700 psi. The mix shall be designed using the procedures contained in Chapter 9 of the Portland Cement Association's manual, "Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures". The Contractor shall note that to ensure that the concrete actually produced will meet or exceed the acceptance criteria for the specified strength, the mix design average strength must be higher than the specified strength. The amount of overdesign necessary to meet specification requirements depends on the producer's standard deviation of flexural test results and the Accuracy that that value can be estimated from historic data for the same or similar materials. The minimum cementitious material (cement plus fly ash, or GGBFS) shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard. The ratio of water to cementitious material, including free surface moisture on the aggregates but not including moisture absorbed by the aggregates shall not be more than 0.45 by weight. Prior to the start of paving operations and after approval of all material to be used in the concrete, the Contractor shall submit a mix design showing the proportions and flexural strength obtained from the concrete at 7 and 28 days. The mix design shall include copies of test reports, including test dates, and a complete list of materials including type, brand, source, and amount of cement, fly ash, ground slag, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water, and admixtures. The fineness modulus of the fine aggregate and the air content shall also be shown. The mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 10 days prior to the start of operations. The submitted mix design shall not be more than 90 days old. Production shall not begin until the mix design is approved in writing by the Engineer. Should a change in sources be made, or admixtures added or deleted from the mix, a new mix design must be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Flexural strength test specimens shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM C 192 and tested in accordance. with ASTM C 78. The mix determined shall be workable concrete having a slump for side -form concrete between 1 and 2 inches (25 mm and 50 mm) as determined by Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-5 ASTM C 143. For vibrated slip -form concrete, the slump shall be between 1/2 inch (13 mm) and 1 1/2 inches (38 mm). 501-3.2 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. a. Fly Ash. Fly ash may be used in the mix design. When fly ash is used as a partial replacement for cement, the minimum cement content may be met by considering Portland cement plus fly ash as the total cementitious material. The replacement rate shall be — determined from laboratory trial mixes, but shall be between 20 and 30 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. If fly ash is used in conjunction with ground granular blast furnace slag the maximum replacement rate shall not exceed 10 percent by weight of total cementitious — material. b. Ground Slag. Ground blast -furnace slag may be used in a mix design containing Type I or Type II cement. The slag, or slagplus fly ash if both are used, may constitute between 25 to 55 percent of the total cementitious material by weight. If the concrete is to be used for slipforming operations and the air temperature is expected to be lower than 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) the percent slag shall not exceed 30 percent by weight. 501-3.3 ADMIXTURES. a. Air -Entraining. Air -entraining admixture shall be added in such a manner that will insure uniform distribution of the agent throughout the batch. The air content of freshly mix air -entrained concrete shall be based upon trial mixes with the materials to be used in the work adjusted to produce concrete of the required plasticity and workability. The percentage of air in the mix shall be in accordance with Table 3 plus or minus 1 percentage points. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C 231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C 173 for slag and other highly porous coarse aggregate. Table 3. RECOMMENDED AIR CONTENT (PERCENT) Maximum Size Aggregate inches (mm) 2(51) 1.5(38) 1(25) 3/4(19) 1/2(13) 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.0 7.0 b. Chemical. Water -reducing, set -controlling, and other approved admixtures shall be _ added to the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements. Tests shall be conducted on trial mixes, with the materials to be used in the work, in accordance with ASTM C 494: 501-3:4 TESTING LABORATORY. The laboratory used to develop the mix design shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1077. The laboratory.accreditation will include ASTM C 78. A certification that it meets these requirements shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of mix design. The certification shall include evidence that the laboratory is Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-6 inspected/accredited for the test methods required herein by a nationally recognized laboratory -' inspection accreditation organization. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 501-4.1 EQUIPMENT. Equipment necessary for handling materials and performing all parts of the work shall be approved by the engineer as to design, capacity, and mechanical conditions. The equipment shall be at the jobsite sufficiently ahead of the start of paving operations to be examined thoroughly and approved. a. Batch Plant and Equipment. The batch plant and equipment shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94. b. Mixers and Transportation Equipment. (1) General. Concrete may be mixed at a central plant, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Each mixer shall have attached in a prominent place a manufacturer's nameplate showing the capacity of the drum in terms of volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation of the mixing drum or blades. (2) Central plant mixer. Central plant mixers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94. The mixer shall be examined daily for changes in condition due to accumulation of hard concrete or mortar or wear of blades. The pickup and throwover blades shall be replaced when they have worn down 3/4 inch (19 mm) or more. The Contractor shall have a copy of the manufacturer's design on hand showing dimensions and arrangement of blades in reference to original height and depth. (3) Truck mixers and truck agitators. Truck. mixers used for mixing and hauling concrete and truck agitators used for hauling central -mixed concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94. (4). Nonagitator trucks. Nonagitating hauling equipment shall conform to the -- requirements of ASTM C 94. c. Finishing Equipment. The standard method of constructing concrete pavements on FAA projects shall be with an approved slip -form paving equipment designed to spread, consolidate, screed, and float -finish the freshly placed concrete in one complete pass of the machine so a dense and homogeneous pavement is achieved with a minimum of hand finishing. The paver -finisher shall be a heavy duty, self-propelled machine designed specifically for paving and finishing high quality concrete pavements. It shall weigh at least 2200 lbs. per foot of paving lane width and powered by an engine having at least 6.0 horsepower per foot of lane width. On projects requiring less than 500 square yards of cement concrete pavement or requiring _ individual placement areas of less than 500 square yards, or irregular areas at locations Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-7 inaccessible to slip -form paving equipment, cement concrete pavement may be placed with approved placement and finishing equipment utilizing stationary side forms. Hand screeding and float finishing may only be utilized on small irregular areas as allowed by the Engineer. d. Vibrators. Vibrator shall be the internal type. Operating frequency for internal vibrators shall be between 8,000 and 12,000 vibrations per minute. Average amplitude for internal vibrators shall be 0.025-0.05 inches (0.06-0.13 cm). The number, spacing, and frequency shall be as necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement and meet the recommendations of ACI 309, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. Adequate power to operate all vibrators shall be available on the paver. The vibrators shall be automatically controlled so that they shall be stopped as forward motion ceases. The contractor shall provide an electronic or mechanical means to monitor vibrator status. The checks on vibrator status shall occur a minimum of two times per day or when requested by the Engineer. Hand held vibrators may be used in irregular areas only, but shall meet the recommendations of ACI 309, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. e. Concrete Saws. The Contractor shall provide sawing equipment adequate in number of units and power to complete the sawing to the required dimensions. The Contractor shall provide at least one standby saw in good working order and a supply of saw blades at the site of the work at all times during sawing operations. f. Side Forms. Straight side forms shall be made of steel and shall be furnished in sections not less than 10 feet (3 m) in length. Forms shall have a depth equal to the pavement thickness at the edge, and a base width equal to or greater than the depth. Flexible or curved forms of proper radius shall be used for curves of 100-foot (31 m) radius or less. Forms shall be provided with adequate devices for•secure settings so that when in place they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms with battered top surfaces and bent, twisted or broken forms shall not be used. Built-up forms shall not be used, except as approved by the Engineer. The top face of the form shall not vary from a true plane more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) in 10 feet (3 m), and the upstanding leg shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6 mm). The forms shall contain provisions for locking the ends of abutting sections together tightly for secure setting. Wood forms may be used under special conditions, when approved by the Engineer. g. Pavers. The paver shall be fully energized, self-propelled, and designed for the specific purpose of placing, consolidating, and finishing the concrete pavement, true to grade, tolerances, and cross section. It shall be of sufficient weight and power to construct the maximum specified concrete paving lane width as shown in the plans, at adequate forward speed, without transverse, longitudinal or vertical instability or without displacement. The paver shall be equipped with electronic or hydraulic horizontal and vertical control devices. 501-4.2 FORM SETTING. Forms shall be set sufficiently in advance of the concrete placement to insure continuous paving operation. After the forms have been set to correct grade, the underlying surface shall be thoroughly tamped, either mechanically or by hand, at Fort Worth Alliance- Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-8 both the inside and outside edges of the base of the forms. Forms shall be staked into place sufficiently to maintain the form in position for the method of placement. Form sections shall be tightly locked and shall be free from play or movement in any direction. The forms shall not deviate from true line by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) at any joint. Forms shall be so set that they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled prior -- to the placing of concrete. The alignment and grade elevations of the forms shall be checked and corrections made by the Contractor immediately before placing the concrete. 501-4.3 CONDITIONING OF UNDERLYING SURFACE. The compacted underlying surface on which the pavement will be placed shall be widened approximately 3 feet (1 m) to extend beyond the paving machine track to support the paver without any noticeable displacement. After the underlying surface has been placed and compacted to the required density, the areas .� that will support the paving machine and the area to be paved shall be trimmed or graded to the plan grade elevation and profile by means of a properly designed machine. The grade -of the underlying surface shall be controlled by a positive grade control system using lasers, stringlines, or guide wires. If the density of the underlying surface is disturbed by the trimming operations, it shall be corrected by additional compaction and retested at the option of the Engineer before the concrete is placed except when stabilized subbases are being constructed. If damage occurs on a stabilized 'subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor. If traffic is allowed to use the prepared grade, the grade shall be checked and corrected immediately before the placement of concrete. The prepared grade shall be moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from concrete. The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free of frost when concrete is placed. 501-4.4 CONDITIONING OF UNDERLYING SURFACE, SIDE -FORM AND FILL-IN LANE CONSTRUCTION. The prepared underlying surface shall be moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from the concrete. Damage caused by hauling or usage, of other equipment shall be corrected and retested at the option of the Engineers. If damage occurs to a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor. A template shall be provided and operated on the forms immediately in advance of the placing of all concrete. The template shall be propelled only by hand and not attached to a tractor or other power unit. Templates shall be adjustable so that they may be set and maintained at the correct contour of the underlying surface. The u adjustment and operation of the templates shall be such as will provide an accurate retest of the grade before placing the concrete thereon. All excess material shall be removed and wasted. Low areas shall be filled and compacted to a condition similar to that of the ,- surrounding grade. The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free from frost when the concrete is placed. The use of chemicals to eliminate frost in the underlying surface shall not be permitted. The template shall be maintained in accurate adjustment, at all times by the Contractor, and shall be checked daily. s Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-9 501-4.5 HANDLING, MEASURING, AND BATCHING MATERIAL. The batch plant site, layout, equipment, and provisions for transporting material shall assure a continuous supply of material to the work. Stockpiles shall be constructed in such a manner that prevents segregation and intermixing of deleterious materials. Aggregates that have become segregated or mixed with earth or foreign material shall not be used. All aggregates produced or handled by hydraulic methods, and washed aggregates, shall be stockpiled or binned for draining at least 12 hours before being batched. Rail shipments requiring more than 12 hours will be accepted as adequate binning only if the car bodies permit free drainage. Batching plants shall be equipped to proportion aggregates and bulk cement, by weight, automatically using interlocked proportioning devices of an approved type. When bulk cement is used, the Contractor shall use a suitable method of handling the cement from weighing hopper to transporting container or into the batch itself for transportation to the mixer, such as a chute, boot, or other approved device, to prevent loss of cement. The device shall be arranged to provide positive assurance that the cement content specified is present in each batch. 501-4.6 MIXING CONCRETE. The concrete may be mixed at the work site, in a central mix .. plant or in truck mixers. The mixer shall be of an approved type and capacity. Mixing time shall be measured from the time all materials, except water, are emptied into the drum. All concrete shall be mixed and delivered to the site in accordance- with the requirements of ASTM C 94. Mixed concrete from the central mixing plant shall be transported in truck mixers, truck agitators, or nonagitating trucks. The elapsed time from the addition of cementitious material to the mix until the concrete is deposited in place at the work site shall not exceed 30 minutes when the concrete is hauled in nonagitating trucks, nor 90 minutes when the concrete is hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators. Retempering concrete by adding water or by other means will not be permitted. With transit mixers additional water may be added to the batch materials and additional mixing performed to increase the slump to meet the specified requirements provided the addition of water is performed within 45 minutes after the initial mixing operations and provided the water/cementitious ratio specified in the approved mix design is not exceeded, and approved by the Engineer. 501-4.7 LIMITATIONS ON MIXING AND PLACING. No concrete shall be mixed, placed, or finished when the natural light is insufficient, unless an adequate and approved artificial lighting system is operated. a. Cold Weather. Unless authorized in writing by the Engineer, mixing and concreting operations shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) and shall not be resumed until an ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 35 degrees F (2 degrees C). The aggregate shall be free of ice, snow, and frozen lumps before entering the mixer. The temperature of the mixed concrete shall not be less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) at the Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 " P-501-10 time of placement. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen material nor shall frozen aggregates be used in the concrete. When concreting is authorized during cold weather, water and/or the aggregates may be heated to not more than 150 degrees F (66 degrees C). The apparatus used shall heat the mass uniformly and shall be arranged to preclude the possible occurrence of overheated areas which might be detrimental to the materials. b. Hot Weather. During periods of hot weather when the maximum daily air temperature exceeds 85 degrees F (30 degrees C), the following precautions shall betaken. The forms and/or the underlying surface shall be sprinkled with water immediately before placing the concrete. The concrete shall be placed at the coolest temperature practicable, and in no case shall the temperature of the concrete when placed exceed 90 degrees F (35 degrees C). The aggregates and/or mixing water shall be cooled as necessary to maintain the concrete temperature at or not more than the specified maximum. The finished surfaces of the newly laid pavement shall be kept damp by applying a water -fog or mist with approved spraying equipment until the pavement is covered by the curing medium. If necessary, wind screens shall be provided to protect the concrete from an evaporation rate in excess of 0.2 psf per hour as determined in accordance with Figure 2.1.5 in ACI 305R, Hot Weather Concreting, which takes into consideration relative humidity, wind velocity, and air temperature. When conditions are such that problems with plastic cracking can be expected, and particularly if any plastic cracking begins to occur, the Contractor shall immediately take such additional measures as necessary to protect the concrete surface. Such measures shall consist of wind screens, more effective fog sprays, and similar measures commencing immediately behind the paver. If these measures are not effective in preventing plastic cracking, paving operations - shall be immediately stopped. -c. Temperature Management Program. Prior to the start of paving operation for each day of paving, the contractor shall provide the engineer with a Temperature Management Program for the concrete to be placed to assure that uncontrolled cracking is avoided. As a minimum the program shall address the following items: (1) Anticipated tensile strains in the fresh concrete as related to heating and cooling of the concrete material. (2) Anticipated weather conditions such as ambient temperatures, wind velocity, and relative humidity. (3) Anticipated timing of initial sawing of joint. .. 501-4.8 PLACING CONCRETE. The either side (fixed) forms or slip -forms. _ drop of the concrete from one point to Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 Contractor has the option of placing the concrete with At any point in concrete conveyance, the free vertical another or to the underlying -surface shall not exceed 3 feet (1 m). Backhoes and Grading equipment shall not be used to distribute the concrete in front of the paver. Front end loaders will not be used unless the contractor demonstrates that they can be used without contaminating the concrete and base course and it is approved by the Engineer. Hauling equipment or other mechanical. equipment can be permitted on adjoining previously constructed pavement when the concrete strength reaches a flexural strength of 550 psi (3 792 kPa), based on the average of four field cured specimens per 2,000 cubic yards (1 530 cubic — meters) of concrete placed. Also, subgrade and subbase planers, concrete pavers, and concrete finishing equipment may be permitted to ride upon the edges of previously constructed pavement when the concrete has attained a minimum flexural strength of 400 psi. a. Slip -Form Construction. The concrete shall be distributed uniformly into final position by a self propelled slip -form paver without delay. The alignment and elevation of the �. paver shall be regulated from outside reference lines established for this purpose. The paver shall vibrate the concrete for the full width and depth of the strip of pavement being placed and the vibration shall be adequate to provide a consistency of concrete that will stand normal to the _ surface with sharp well defined edges. The sliding forms shall be rigidly held together laterally to prevent spreading of the forms. The plastic concrete shall be effectively consolidated by internal vibration with transverse vibrating units for the full width of the pavement and/or a series of equally placed longitudinal vibrating units. The space from the outer edge of the pavement -to longitudinal unit shall not exceed 9 inches. The spacing of internal units shall be uniform and shall not exceed 18 inches. The term internal vibration means vibrating units located within the specified thickness of pavement section. The rate of vibration of each vibrating unit shall be within 8000 to 12000 cycles per minute and the amplitude of vibration shall be sufficient to be perceptible on the surface of the concrete along the entire length of the vibrating unit an for a distance of at least one foot. The frequency of vibration or amplitude shall vary proportionately with the rate of travel to result in a uniform density and air content. The paving machine shall be equipped with a tachometer or other suitable device for measuring and indicating the actual frequency of vibrations. The concrete shall be held at a uniform consistency. The slip -form paver shall be operated with _ as nearly a continuous forward movement as possible. And all operations of mixing, delivering, and spreading concrete shall be coordinated to provide uniform progress with stopping and starting of the paver held to a minimum. if for any reason, it is necessary to stop the forward movement of the paver, the vibratory and tamping elements shall also be stopped immediately. No tractive force shall be applied to the machine, except that which is controlled from the machine. When concrete is being placed adjacent to an existing pavement, that part of the equipment which is supported on the existing pavement shall be equipped with protective pads on crawler tracks or rubber -tired wheels on which the bearing surface is offset to run a sufficient distance from the edge of the pavement to avoid breaking the pavement edge. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-12 b. Side -Form Construction. Side form sections shall be straight, free from warps, bends, indentations, or other defects. Defective forms shall be removed from the work. Metal side forms shall be used except at end closures and transverse construction joints where straight forms of other suitable material may be used. Side forms may be built up by rigidly attaching a section to either top or bottom of forms. If such build-up is attached to the top of metal forms, the build-up shall also be metal. Width of the base of all forms shall be equal to at least 80 percent of the specified pavement thickness. Side forms shall be of sufficient rigidity, both in the form and in the interlocking. connection with adjoining forms, that springing will not occur under the weight of subgrading and paving equipment or from the pressure of the concrete. The Contractor shall provide sufficient forms so that there will be no delay in placing concrete due to lack of forms. L Before placing side forms, the underlying material shall be at the proper grade. Side forms shall have full bearing upon the foundation throughout their length and width of base and shall be placed to the required grade and alignment of the finished pavement. They shall be firmly supported during the entire operation of placing, compacting, and finishing the pavement. Forms shall be drilled in advance of being placed to line and grade to accommodate tie bars where these are specified. Immediately in advance of placing concrete and after all subbase operations are completed, side forms shall be trued and maintained to the required line and grade for a distance sufficient -- to prevent delay in placing. Side forms shall remain in place at least 12 hours after the concrete has been placed, and in all cases until the edge of the pavement no longer requires the protection of the forms. Curing compound shall be applied to the concrete immediately after the forms have been removed. - Side forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and oiled each time they are used and before concrete is placed against them. Concrete shall be spread, screeded, shaped and consolidated by one or more self-propelled machines. These machines shall uniformly distribute and consolidate concrete without segregation so that the completed pavement will conform to the required cross section with a minimum of handwork. The number and capacity of machines furnished* shall be adequate to perform the work required at a rate equal to that of concrete delivery. Concrete for the full paving width shall be effectively consolidated by internal vibrators without causing segregation. Internal type vibrators' rate of vibration shall be not less than 7,000 cycles per minute. Amplitude of vibration shall be sufficient to be perceptible on the surface of the concrete more than one foot from the vibrating element. The Contractor shall furnish a tachometer or other suitable device for measuring and indicating frequency of vibration. Fort.Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-13 Power to vibrators shall be connected so that vibration ceases when forward or backward motion of the machine is stopped. The provisions relating to the frequency and amplitude of internal vibration shall be considered the minimum requirements and are intended to ensure adequate density in the hardened concrete. c. Consolidation Testing. The provisions relating to the frequency and amplitude of internal vibration shall be considered the minimum requirements and are intended to ensure adequate density in the hardened concrete. If a lack of consolidation of the concrete is suspected by the Engineer, additional. referee testing may be required. Referee testing of hardened concrete will be performed by cutting cores from the finished pavement after a minimum of 24 hours curing. Density determinations will be made based on the water content of the core as taken. ASTM C 642 shall be used for the determination of core density in the saturated -surface dry condition. Referee cores will be taken at the minimum rate of one for each 500 cubic yards of pavement, or fraction thereof. The average density of the cores shall be at least 97 percent of the original mix design density, with no cores having a density of less than 96 percent of the original mix design density. Failure to meet the above requirements will be considered as evidence that the minimum requirements for vibration are inadequate for the job conditions, and additional vibrating units or other means of increasing the effect of vibration shall be employed so that the density of the hardened concrete as indicated by further referee testing shall conform to the above listed ` requirements. 501-4.9 STRIKE -OFF OF CONCRETE AND PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT. Following " the placing of the concrete, it shall be struck off to conform to the cross section shown on the plans and to an elevation such that when the concrete is properly consolidated and finished, the surface of the pavement shall be at the elevation shown on the plans. When reinforced concrete pavement is placed in two layers, the bottom layer shall be struck off to such length and depth that the sheet of reinforcing steel fabric or bar mat may be laid full length on the concrete in its final position without further manipulation. The reinforcement shall then be — placed directly upon the concrete, after which the top layer of the concrete shall be placed, struck off, and screeded. If any portion of the bottom layer of concrete has been placed more than 30 minutes without being covered with the top layer or if initial set has taken place, it shall be removed and replaced with freshly mixed concrete at the Contractor's expense. When reinforced concrete is placed in one layer, the reinforcement may be positioned in advance of concrete placement or it may be placed in plastic concrete by mechanical or vibratory means after spreading. Reinforcing steel, at the time concrete is placed, shall be free of mud, oil, or other organic matter that may adversely affect or reduce bond. Reinforcing steel with rust, mill scale or a combination of both will be considered satisfactory, provided the minimum dimensions, weight, and tensile properties of a hand wire -brushed test specimen are not less than the applicable ASTM specification requirements. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-14 501-4.10 JOINTS. Joints shall be constructed as shown on the plans and in accordance with these requirements. All joints shall be constructed with their faces perpendicular to the surface of the pavement and finished or edged as shown on the plans. Joints shall not vary more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) from their designated position and shall be true to line with not more than 1/4-inch (6 mm) variation in 10.feet (3 m). The surface across the joints shall be tested with a 10-foot (3 m) straightedge as the joints are finished and any irregularities in excess of 1/4 inch (6 mm) shall be corrected before the concrete has hardened. All joints shall be so prepared, finished, or cut to provide a groove of uniform width and depth as shown on the plans. a. Construction. Longitudinal construction joints shall be slip -formed or formed against side forms with or without keyways, as shown in the plans. Transverse construction joints shall be installed at the end of each day's placing operations and at any other points within a paving lane when concrete placement is interrupted for more than 30 minutes or it appears that the concrete will obtain its initial set before fresh concrete arrives. The installation of the joint shall be located at a planned contraction or expansion joint. If placing of the concrete is stopped, the Contractor shall remove the excess concrete back to the previous planned joint. b. Contraction. Contraction joints shall be installed at the locations and spacing as shown on the plans. Contraction joints shall be installed to the dimensions required by forming a groove or cleft in the top of the slab while the concrete is still plastic or by sawing a groove into the concrete surface after the concrete has hardened. When the groove is formed in plastic concrete the sides of the grooves shall be finished even and smooth with an edging tool. If an insert material is used, the installation and edge finish shall be according to the manufacturer's instructions. The groove shall be finished or cut clean so that spalling will be avoided at intersections with other joints. Grooving or sawing shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide and to the depth shown on the plans. c. Expansion. Expansion joints shall be installed as shown on the plans. The premolded filler of the thickness as shown on the plans, shall extend for the full depth and width of the slab at the joint, except for space for sealant at the top of the slab. The filler shall be _ securely staked or fastened into position perpendicular to the proposed finished surface. A cap shall be provided to protect the top edge of the filler and to permit the concrete to be placed and finished. After the concrete has been placed and struck off, the cap shall be carefully withdrawn leaving the space over the premolded filler. The edges of the joint shall be finished and tooled while the concrete is still plastic. Any concrete bridging the joint space shall be removed for the full width and depth of the joint. d. Keyways. Keyways (only female keys permitted) shall be formed in the. plastic concrete by means of side forms or the use of keyway liners that are inserted during the slip -form operations. The keyway shall be formed to a tolerance of 1/4 inch (6 m) in any "- dimension and shall be of sufficient stiffness to support the upper keyway flange without distortion or slumping of the top of the flange. The dimensions of the keyway forms shall not vary more than plus or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm) from the mid -depth of the pavement. Liners that remain in place permanently and become part of the keyed joint shall be made of galvanized, copper clad, or of similar rust -resistant material compatible with plastic and hardened concrete and shall not interfere with joint reservoir sawing and sealing. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-15 e. Tie bars. Tie bars shall consist of deformed bars installed in joints as shown on the plans. Tie bars shall be placed at right angles to the centerline of the concrete slab and shall — be spaced at intervals shown on the plans. They shall be held in position parallel to the pavement surface and in the middle of the slab depth. When tie bars extend into an unpaved lane, they may be bent against the form at longitudinal construction joints, unless threaded bolt or other assembled tie bars are specified. These bars shall not be painted, greased, or enclosed in sleeves. When slip -form operations call for tie bars, two-piece hook bolts can be installed in the female side of the keyed joint provided the installation is made without distorting — the keyed dimensions or causing edge slump. If a bent tie bar installation is used, the tie bars shall be inserted through the keyway liner only on the female side of the joint. In no case shall a bent tie bar installation for male keyways be permitted. _ f. Dowel bars. Dowel bars or other load -transfer units of an approved type shall be placed across joints in the manner as shown on the plans. They shall be of the dimensions and spacings as shown and held rigidly in the middle of the slab depth in the proper horizontal and vertical alignment by an approved assembly device to be left permanently in place. The dowel or load -transfer and joint devices shall be rigid enough to permit complete assembly as a Y unit ready to be lifted and placed into position. A metal, or other type, dowel expansion cap or sleeve shall be furnished for each dowel bar used with expansion joints. These caps shall be substantial enough to prevent collapse and shall be placed on the ends of the dowels as shown on the plans. The caps or sleeves shall fit the dowel bar tightly and the closed end shall be watertight. The portion of each dowel painted with rust preventative paint, as required under paragraph 501-2.7 and shown on the plans to receive a debonding lubricant, shall be thoroughly coated with asphalt ME-70, or an approved lubricant, to prevent the concrete from — bonding to that portion of the dowel. If free -sliding plastic -coated or epoxy -coated steel dowels are used, a lubrication bond breaker shall be used except when approved pullout tests indicate it is not necessary. Where butt -type joints with dowels are designated, the exposed end of the dowel shall be oiled. Dowel bars at contraction joints may be placed in the full thickness of pavement by a mechanical device approved by the Engineer. The device shall be capable of installing dowel bars within the maximum permissible alignment tolerances. Dowels bars at longitudinal construction joints shall be bonded in drilled holes. g. Installation. All devices used for the installation of expansion joints shall be approved by the Engineer. The top of an assembled joint device shall be set at the proper distance below the pavement surface and the elevation shall be checked. Such devices shall be set to the required position and line and shall be securely held in place by stakes or other means to the maximum permissible tolerances during the pouring and finishing of the concrete. The premolded joint material shall be placed and held in a vertical position; if constructed in sections, there shall be no offsets between adjacent units. Dowel bars and assemblies shall be checked for position and alignment. The maximum permissible tolerances on dowel bar alignment shall be in accordance with paragraph 501- 5.2e(6). During the concrete placement operation, it is advisable to place plastic concrete Fort Worth Allianc6Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-16 directly on dowel assemblies immediately prior to passage of the paver to help maintain dowel position and alignment within maximum permissible tolerances. When concrete is placed using slip -form pavers, dowels and tie bars shall be placed in - longitudinal construction joints by bonding the dowels or tie bars. into holes drilled into the hardened concrete. Holes approximately 1/8-inch to 1/4-inch (3 to 6 mm) greater in diameter than the dowel or tie bar shall be drilled with rotary -type core drills that must be held securely in place to drill perpendicularly into the vertical face of the pavement slab. Rotary -type percussion drills may be used provided that spalling of concrete does not occur. Any damage of the concrete shall be repaired by the Contractor in a method approved by the Engineer. Dowels or tie bars shall be bonded in the drilled holes using an epoxy resin material. Installation procedures shall be adequate to insure that the area around dowels is completely filled with epoxy grout. Epoxy shall be injected into the back of the hole and displaced by the insertion of the dowel bar. Bars shall be completely inserted into the hole and shall not be withdrawn and reinserted creating air pockets in the epoxy around the bar. The Contractor shall fumish a template for checking the position and alignment of the dowels. ' Dowel bars shall not be less than 10 inches (25 cm) from a transverse joint and shall not interfere with dowels in the transverse direction. h. Sawing of Joints. Joints shall be cut as shown on the plans. Equipment shall be as described in paragraph 501-4.1. The circular cutter shall be capable of cutting a groove in a straight line and shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide and to the depth shown on the plans. The top portion of the slot shall be widened by sawing to provide adequate space for joint sealers as shown on the plans. Sawing shall commence as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling, or tearing and before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking of the pavement occurs. Sawing shall be carried on both during the day and night as required. The joints shall be sawed at the required spacing, consecutively in sequence of the concrete placement. Curing compound, if being used as the cure type, shall be reapplied in the initial sawcut and maintained for the remaining cure period. Curing compound shall not be applied, and used as the cure method, to any final concrete face that is to receive a sealant. All slurry and debris produced in the sawing of joints shall be removed by vacuuming and washing. 501-4.11 FINAL STRIKE -OFF, CONSOLIDATION, AND FINISHING. a. Sequence. The sequence of operations shall be the strike -off, floating and removal of laitance, straightedging, and final surface finish. The addition of superficial water to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations will not be permitted. b. Finishing at Joints. The concrete adjacent to joints shall be compacted or firmly placed without voids or segregation against the joint material; it shall be firmly placed without y voids or segregation under and around all load -transfer devices, joint assembly units, and other features designed to extend into the pavement. Concrete adjacent to joints shall be mechanically vibrated as required in paragraph 501-4.8.a. After the concrete has been placed and vibrated adjacent to the joints, the finishing machine shall be operated in a manner to avoid damage or misalignment of joints. If uninterrupted operations of the finishing machine, to, over, and beyond the joints, cause segregation of concrete, damage to, or misalignment of the joints, the finishing machine shall be stopped when the screed is approximately 8 inches (20 .. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation — Phase 3 P-501-17 cm) from the joint. Segregated concrete shall be removed from the front of and off the joint; and the forward motion of the finishing machine shall be resumed. Thereafter, the finishing machine may be run over the joint without lifting the screed, provided there is no segregated concrete immediately between the joint and the screed or on top of the joint. c. Machine Finishing. The concrete shall be spread as soon as it is placed, and it shall be struck off and screeded by a finishing machine. The machine shall go over each area as many times and at such intervals as necessary to give to proper consolidation and to leave a — surface of uniform texture. Excessive operation over a given area shall be avoided. When side forms are used, the tops of the forms shall be kept clean by an effective device attached to the machine, and the travel of the machine on the forms shall be maintained true without lift, wobbling, or other variation tending to affect the precision finish. During the first pass of the finishing machine, a uniform ridge of concrete shall be maintained ahead of the front screed for its entire length. When in operation, the screed shall be moved forward with a combined longitudinal and transverse shearing motion, always moving in the direction in which the work is progressing, and so manipulated that neither end is raised from the side forms during the striking -off process. If necessary, this shall be repeated until the surface is of uniform texture, _ true to grade and cross section, and free from porous areas. d. Hand Finishing. Hand finishing methods will not be permitted, except under the y following conditions: in the event of breakdown of the mechanical equipment, hand methods may be used to finish the concrete already deposited on the grade; in areas of narrow widths or of -irregular dimensions where operation of the mechanical equipment is impractical. Concrete, as soon as placed, shall be struck off and screeded. An approved portable screed shall be used. A second screed shall be provided for striking off the bottom layer of concrete when reinforcement is used. The screed for the surface shall be a least 2 feet (0.6 m) longer than the maximum width of the slab to be struck off. It shall be of approved design, sufficiently rigid to retain its shape, and shall be constructed either of metal or of other suitable material covered with metal. Consolidation shall be attained by the use of suitable vibrators. e. Floating. After the concrete has been struck off and consolidated, it shall be further smoothed and trued by means of a longitudinal float using one of the following methods: (1) Hand Method. Long -handled floats shall not be less than 12 feet (3.6 m) in - length and 6 inches (15 cm) in width, stiffened to prevent flexibility and warping. The float shall be operated from foot bridges spanning but not touching the concrete or from the edge of the pavement. Floating shall pass gradually from one side of the pavement to the other. Forward movement along the centerline of the pavement shall be in successive advances of not more than one-half the length of the float. Any excess water or laitance in excess of 1/8-inch (3 mm) thick shall be removed and wasted. (2) Mechanical method. The Contractor may use a machine composed of a cutting and smoothing float(s), suspended from and guided by a rigid frame and constantly in contact with, the side forms or underlying surface. If necessary, long -handled floats having blades not less than 5 feet (1.5 m) in length and 6 inches (15 cm) in width may be used to smooth and fill in open -textured areas in the pavement. When the crown of the pavement will Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-18 not permit the use of the mechanical float, the surface shall be floated transversely by means of a long -handled float. Care shall be taken not to work the crown out of the pavement during the operation. After floating, any excess water.and laitance in excess of 1/8-inch (3 mm) thick shall be removed and wasted. Successive drags shall be lapped one-half the length of the blade. f. Straight -edge Testing and Surface Correction. After the pavement has been y struck off and while the concrete is still plastic, it shall be tested for trueness with a Contractor furnished 16-foot (5 m) straightedge swung from handles 3 feet (1 m) longer than one-half the width of the slab. The straightedge shall be held in contact with the surface in successive y positions parallel to the centerline and the whole area gone over from one side of the slab to the other, as necessary. Advancing shall be in successive stages of not more than one-half the length of the straightedge. Any excess water and laitance in excess of 1/8-inch (3 mm) thick shall be removed from the surface of the pavement and wasted. Any depressions shall be immediately filled with freshly mixed concrete, struck off, consolidated, and refinished. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. Special attention shall be given to assure that the surface across joints meets the smoothness requirements of paragraph 501-5.2e(3). Straightedge testing and surface corrections shall continue until the entire surface is found to be free from observable departures from the straightedge and until the slab conforms to the required grade and cross section. The use of long -handled wood floats shall be confined to a minimum; they may be used only in emergencies and in areas not accessible to finishing equipment. 501-4.12 SURFACE TEXTURE. The surface of the pavement shall be finished with either a brush or broom, burlap drag, or artificial turf finish for all newly constructed concrete pavements. It is important that the texturing equipment not tear or unduly roughen the pavement surface during the operation. Any imperfections resulting from the texturing operation shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. - a. Brush or Broom Finish. If the pavement surface texture is to be a type of brush or broom finish, it shall be applied when the water sheen has practically disappeared. The equipment shall operate transversely across the pavement surface, providing corrugations that - are uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 of an inch (2 mm) in depth. b. Burlap Drag Finish. If a burlap drag is used to texture the pavement surface, it shall be at least 15 ounces per square yard (555 grams per square meter). To obtain a textured surface, the transverse threads of the burlap shall be removed approximately 1 foot (0.3 m) from the trailing edge. A heavy buildup of grout on the burlap threads produces the desired wide sweeping longitudinal striations on the pavement surface. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 of an inch (2 mm) in depth. c. Artificial Turf Finish. If artificial turf is used to texture the surface, it shall be applied by dragging the surface of the pavement in the direction of concrete placement with an approved full -width drag made with artificial turf. The leading transverse edge of the artificial turf drag will be securely fastened to a lightweight pole on a traveling bridge. At least 2 feet of the artificial turf shall be in contact with the concrete surface during dragging operations. A variety of different types of artificial turf are available and approval of any one type will be done only after it has been demonstrated by the Contractor to provide a satisfactory texture. One Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-19 type that has provided satisfactory texture consists of 7,200 approximately 0.85-inches-long polyethylene turf blades per square foot. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and — approximately 1/16 of an inch (2 mm) in depth. 501-4.13 SKID -RESISTANT SURFACES. A skid -resistant surface shall be provided by — construction of saw -cut grooves where shown on the plans. For new concrete pavements that have hardened, transverse grooves shall be saw -cut _ in the pavement forming a 1/4 inch (6 mm) wide by 1/4 inch (6 mm) deep by 1-1/2 inches (37 mm) center to center configuration. The grooves shall be continuous for the entire runway length. They shall be saw -cut transversely in the runway pavement to _ within 10 feet (3 m) of the runway pavement edge to allow adequate space for equipment operation. The maximum transverse saw -cut grooves shall not exceed 130 feet (40 m). The tolerances for the saw -cut grooves shall meet the following: t a. Alignment tolerance: t1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in alignment for 75 feet (23 m). b. Groove tolerance: ` (1) Minimum depth 3/16 inch (5 mm), except that not more than 60 percent of the grooves shall be less than 1/4 inch (6 mm). (2) Maximum depth 5/16 inch (8 mm). (3) Minimum width 1/4 inch (6 mm). (4) Maximum width 5/16 inch (8 mm). c. Center -to -center spacing: (1) Minimum spacing 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) (2) Maximum spacing 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). — Saw -cut grooves shall not be closer than 3 inches (76 mm) or more than 9 inches (229 mm) to transverse paving joints. Grooves shall not be closer than 6 inches (152 mm) and no more than 18 inches (457 mm) from in -pavement light fixtures. Grooves may be continued through longitudinal joints. Where neoprene compression seals have been installed grooves, shall not be closer than 3 inches (76 mm) or more than 5 inches (127 y mm) from the longitudinal joints. Cleanup of waste material shall be continuous during the grooving operation. Waste material shall be disposed of in an approved manner. Waste material shall not be allowed to enter the airport storm or sanitary sewer system. 501-4.14 CURING. Immediately after finishing operations are completed and marring of the concrete will not occur, the entire surface of the newly placed concrete shall be cured for a 7- day cure period in accordance with one of the methods below. Failure to provide sufficient cover material of whatever kind the Contractor may elect to use, or lack of water to adequately take care of both curing and other requirements, shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. The concrete shall not be left exposed for more than 1/2 hour during the curing period. When a two-sawcut method is used to construct the contraction joint, the curing compound shall be applied to the sawcut immediately after the initial cut has been made. The sealant reservoir shall not be sawed until after the curing period has been completed. When the one Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-20 cut method is used to construct the contraction joint, the joint shall be cured with wet rope, wet rags, or wet blankets. The rags, ropes, or blankets shall be kept moist for the duration of the curing period. a. Impervious Membrane Method. The entire surface of the pavement shall be sprayed uniformly with white pigmented curing compound immediately after the finishing of the surface and before the set of the concrete has taken place. The curing compound shall not be applied during rainfall. Curing compound shall be applied by mechanical sprayers under pressure at the rate of 1 gallon (4 liters) to not more than 150 square feet (14 square meters). The spraying equipment shall be of the fully atomizing type equipped with a tank agitator. At the time of use, the compound shall be in a thoroughly mixed condition with the pigment uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. During application the compound shall be stirred continuously by mechanical means. Hand spraying of odd widths or shapes and concrete surfaces exposed by the removal of forms will be permitted. When hand spraying is approved by the Engineer, a double application rate shall be used to insure coverage. The curing compound shall be of such character that the film will harden within 30 minutes after application. Should the film become damaged from any cause, including sawing operations, within the required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compound or other approved means. Upon removal of side forms, the sides of the exposed slabs shall be protected immediately to provide a curing treatment equal to that provided for the surface. b. Polyethylene Films. The top surface and sides of the pavement shall be entirely -- covered with polyethylene sheeting. The units shall be lapped at least 18 inches (457 mm). The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to cause it to remain in contact with the surface and sides. The sheeting shall have dimensions that will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the pavement. Unless otherwise specified, the sheeting shall be maintained in place for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. _ c. Waterproof Paper. The top surface and sides of the pavement shall be entirely covered with waterproofed paper. The units shall be lapped at least 18 inches (457 mm). The paper shall be placed and weighted to cause it to remain in contact with the surface covered. The paper shall have dimensions that will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The surface of the pavement shall be thoroughly saturated prior to placing of the paper. Unless otherwise specified, the paper shall be maintained in place for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. d. White Burlap -Polyethylene Sheets. The surface of the pavement shall be entirely covered with the sheeting. The sheeting used shall be such length (or width) that it will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The sheeting shall be placed so that the entire surface and both edges of the slab are completely covered. The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to remain in contact with the surface covered, and the covering shall be maintained fully saturated and in position for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. (1) Curing in Cold Weather. The concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of at least 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) for a period of 72 hours after placing and at a temperature above freezing for the remainder of the curing time. The Contractor shall be Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-21 responsible for the quality and strength of the concrete placed during cold weather, and any concrete injured by frost action shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. e. Water Method. The entire area shall be covered with burlap or other water absorbing material. The material shall be of sufficient thickness to retain water for adequate _ curing without excessive runoff. The material shall be kept wet at all times and maintained for 7 days. When the forms are stripped, the vertical walls shall also be kept moist. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent ponding of the curing water on the subbase." ri 501-4.15 REMOVING FORMS. Unless otherwise specified, forms shall not be removed from freshly placed concrete until it has hardened sufficiently to permit removal without chipping, — spalling, or tearing. After the forms have been removed, the sides of the slab shall be cured as outlined in one of the methods indicated in paragraph 501-4.14. Major honeycombed areas shall be considered as defective work and shall be removed and replaced in accordance with _ paragraph 501-5.2(f). 501-4.16 SEALING JOINTS. The joints in the pavement shall be sealed in accordance with Item P-605, 501-4.17 PROTECTION OF PAVEMENT. The Contractor shall protect the pavement and its _ appurtenances against both public traffic and traffic caused by the Contractor's employees and agents. This shall include watchmen to direct traffic and the erection and maintenance of warning signs, lights, pavement bridges, crossovers, and protection of unsealed joints from intrusion of foreign material, etc. Any damage to the pavement occurring prior to final acceptance shall be repaired or the pavement replaced at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall have available at all times, materials for the protection of the edges and surface of the unhardened concrete. Such protective materials shall consist of rolled polyethylene sheeting at least 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick of sufficient length and width to cover the plastic concrete slab and any edges. The sheeting may be mounted on either the paver or a separate movable bridge from which. it can be unrolled. without dragging over the plastic concrete surface. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop and all available personnel shall begin covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering. — 501-4.18 OPENING TO TRAFFIC. The pavement shall not be opened to traffic until test specimens molded and cured in accordance with ASTM C 31 have attained a flexural strength of 550 pounds per square inch (3,792 kPa) when tested in accordance with ASTM C 78. If such tests are not conducted, the pavement shall not be opened to traffic until 14 days after the concrete was placed. Prior to opening the pavement to construction traffic, all joints shall either _ be sealed or protected from damage to the joint edge and intrusion of foreign materials into the joint. As a minimum, backer rod or tape may be used to protect the joints from foreign matter intrusion. The pavement shall be cleaned before opening for normal operations. 501-4.19 REPAIR, REMOVAL, REPLACEMENT OF SLABS. a. General. New pavement slabs that are broken or contain cracks shall be removed and replaced or repaired, as specified hereinafter at no cost to the owner. Spalls along joints shall be repaired as specified. Removal of partial slabs is not permitted. Removal and replacement _ Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 ' P-501-22 shall be full depth, shall be full width of the slab, and the limit of removal shall be normal to the paving lane and to each original transverse joint. The engineer will determine whether cracks extend full depth of the pavement and may require cores to be drilled on the crack to. determine depth of cracking. Such cores shall be 4-inch (100 mm) diameter, shall be drilled by the Contractor and shall be filled by the Contractor with a well consolidated concrete mixture bonded to the walls of the hole with epoxy resin, using approved procedures. Drilling of cores and refilling holes shall be at no expense to the owner. All epoxy resin used in this work shall conform to ASTM C 881, Type V. b. Shrinkage Cracks. Shrinkage cracks, which do not exceed 4 inches in depth, shall be cleaned and then pressure injected with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 1, using procedures as approved. Care shall be taken to assure that the crack is not widened during epoxy resin injection. All epoxy resin injection shall take place in the presence of the Engineer. Shrinkage cracks, which exceed 4 inches in depth, shall be treated as full depth cracks in accordance with paragraphs 4.19b and 4.19c. _ c. Slabs With Cracks through Interior Areas. Interior area is defined as that area more than 6 inches (600 mm) from, either adjacent original transverse joint. The full slab shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the owner, when there are any full depth cracks, or cracks greater than 4" in depth, that extend into the interior area. cf. Cracks Close To and Parallel To Joints. All cracks essentially parallel to original joints, extending full depth of the slab., and lying wholly within 6 inches either side of the joint shall be treated as specified hereinafter. Any crack extending more than 6 inches (600 mm) from the joint shall be treated as specified above in subparagraph "Slabs With Cracks Through Interior Area." (1) Full Depth Cracks Present, Original. Joint Not Opened. When the original uncracked joint has not opened, the crack shall be sawed and sealed, and the original joint filled with epoxy resin as specified below. The crack shall be sawed with equipment specially designed to follow random cracks. The reservoir for joint sealant in the crack shall be formed by sawing to a depth of 3/4 inch (19 mm), plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), and to a width of 5/8 inch (16 mm), plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Any equipment or procedure which causes raveling or spalling along the crack shall be modified or replaced to prevent such raveling or spalling. The joint sealant shall be -a liquid sealant as specified. Installation of joint seal shall be as specified for sealing joints or as directed. If the joint sealant reservoir has been sawed out, the reservoir and as much of the lower saw cut as possible shall be filled with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 2, thoroughly tooled into the void using approved procedures. If only the original narrow saw cut has been made, it shall be cleaned and pressure injected with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 1, using approved procedures. If filler type material has been used to form a weakened plane in the transverse joint, it shall be completely sawed out and the saw cut pressure injected with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 1, using approved procedures. Where a parallel crack goes part way across paving lane and then intersects and follows the original joint which is cracked only for the remained of the width, it shall be treated as specified above for a parallel crack, and the cracked original joint shall be prepared and sealed as originally designed. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 9 P-501-23 (2) Full Depth Cracks Present, Original Joint Also Cracked. At a joint, if there is any place in the lane width where a parallel crack and a cracked portion of the original joint �- overlap, the entire slab containing the crack shall be removed and replaced for the full lane width and length. e. Removal and Replacement of Full Slabs. Where it is necessary to remove full slabs, unless there are keys or dowels present, all edges of the slab shall be ,cut full depth with a concrete saw. All saw cuts shall be perpendicular to the slab surface. If keys, dowels, or tie bars are present along any edges, these edges shall be sawed full depth 24 inches (150 mm) from the edge if only keys are present, or just beyond the end of the dowels or tie bars if they are present. These joints shall then be carefully sawed on the joint line to within 1 inch (25 mm) _ of the depth of the dowel or key. The main slab shall be further divided by sawing full depth, at appropriate locations, and each piece lifted out and removed. Suitable equipment shall be used to provide a truly vertical lift, and approved safe lifting devices used for attachment to the slabs. The narrow strips along keyed or doweled edges shall be carefully broken up and removed using light, hand-held jackhammers, 30 LB (14 kg) or less, or other approved similar equipment. Care shall be taken to prevent damage to the dowels, tie bars, or keys or to concrete to remain in place. The joint face below keys or dowels shall be suitably trimmed so that there is not abrupt offset in any direction greater than 1/2 inch,(12 mm) and no gradual offset greater than 1 inch (25 mm) when tested in a horizontal direction with a 12-foot (3.6 m) straightedge. No mechanical impact breakers, other than the above hand-held equipment shall be used for any removal of slabs. If underbreak between 1-1/2 and 4 inches (37 and 100 mm) deep occurs at any point along any edge, the area shall be repaired as directed before replacing the removed slab. Procedures directed will be similar to those specified for surface spalls, modified as necessary. If underbreak over 4 inches (100 mm) deep occurs, the entire slab containing the underbreak shall be removed and replaced. Where there are no dowels, tie bars, or keys on an edge, or where they have been damaged, dowels of the size and spacing as specified for other joints in similar pavement shall be installed by epoxy grouting them into holes drilled into the existing concrete using procedures as specified. Original damaged dowels or tie bars shall be cut off flush- with the joint face. Protruding portions of dowels shall be painted and lightly oiled. All 4 edges of the new slab shall thus contain dowels or original keys or original tie bars. Placement of concrete shall be as specified for original construction. Prior to placement of new concrete, the underlying material (unless it is stabilized) shall be re -compacted and shaped as specified in the appropriate SECTION of these specifications. The surfaces of all four joint faces shall be cleaned of all loose material and contaminants and coated with a double application of membrane forming curing compound as bond breaker. Care shall be taken to " prevent any curing compound from contacting dowels or tie bars. The resulting joints around the new slab shall be prepared and sealed as specified for original construction. f. Repairing Spalls Along Joints. Where directed, spalls along joints of new slabs, and along parallel cracks used as replacement joints, shall be repaired by first making a vertical Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-24 saw cut at least 1 inch (25 mm) outside the spalled area and to a depth of at least 2 inches (50 mm). Saw cuts shall be straight lines forming rectangular areas. The concrete between the saw cut and the joint, or crack, shall be chipped out to remove all unsound concrete and at least 1/2 inch (12 mm) of visually sound concrete. The cavity thus formed shall be thoroughly cleaned with high-pressure water jets supplemented with compressed air to remove all loose material. Immediately before filling the cavity, a prime coat of epoxy resin, Type III, Grade I, shall be applied to the dry cleaned surface of all sides and bottom of the cavity, except any joint face. The prime coat shall be applied in a thin coating and scrubbed into the surface with a stiff -bristle brush. Pooling of epoxy resin shall be avoided. The cavity shall be filled with low slump Portland cement concrete or mortar or with epoxy resin concrete or mortar. Concrete shall be used for larger spalls, generally those more than 1/2 cu. ft. (0.014 m3) in size, and mortar SHALL BE USED FOR THE SMALLER ONES. ANY SPALL LESS THAN 0.1 CU. FT. (0.003 m3) shall be repaired only with epoxy resin mortar or a Grade III epoxy resin. Portland cement concrete and mortar mixtures shall be proportioned as directed and shall be mixed, placed, consolidated, and cured as directed. Epoxy resin mortars shall be made with Type 111, Grade 1, epoxy resin, using proportions and mixing and placing procedures as recommended y by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The epoxy resin materials shall be placed in the cavity in layers not over 2 inches (50 mm) thick. The time interval between placement of additional layers shall be such that the temperature of the epoxy resin material does not exceed 140oF (60oC) at any time during hardening. Mechanical vibrators and hand tampers shall be used to consolidate the concrete or mortar. Any repair material on the surrounding surfaces of the existing concrete shall be removed before it hardens. Where the spalled area abuts a joint, an insert or other bond -breaking medium shall be used to prevent bond at the joint face. A reservoir for the joint sealant shall be sawed to the dimensions required for other joints, or as required to be routed for cracks. The reservoir shall be thoroughly cleaned and sealed with the sealer specified for the joints. If any spall penetrates half the depth of the slab or more, the entire slab shall be removed and replaced as previously specified. 501-4.20 EXISTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPAIR. All operations shall be carefully controlled to prevent damage to the concrete pavement and to the underlying material to remain in place. All saw cuts shall be made perpendicular to the slab surface. a. Removal of Existing Pavement Slab. �. When it is necessary to remove existing concrete pavement and leave adjacent concrete in place, [unless there are dowels or keys present,] the joint between the removal area and adjoining pavement to stay in place, [including dowels, tie bars or keys,] shall first be cut full ., depth with a standard diamond -type concrete saw. [If keys or dowels are present at this joint, the saw cut shall be made full depth 6 inches (150 mm) from the joint if only keys are present, or just beyond the end of dowels if dowels are present. The edge shall then be carefully sawed on the joint line to within 1 inch (25 mm) of the top of the dowel or key.] Next, a full depth saw cut shall be made parallel to the joint at least 24 inches (600 mm) from the joint and at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the end of any dowels. All pavement between this last saw cut and the joint line shall be carefully broken up and removed using hand-held jackhammers, 30 lb. (14 kg) or less, or the approved light -duty equipment which will not cause stress to propagate across the joint saw cut and cause distress in the pavement which is to remain in place. [Where dowels or keys are present, care shall be taken to produce an even, vertical joint face below the Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-25 dowels or keys. If the Contractor is unable to produce such a joint face, or if underbreak or other distress occurs, the Contractor shall saw the' dowels or keys flush with the joint. The Contractor shall then install new dowels, of the size and spacing used for other similar joints, by epoxy resin bonding them in holes drilled in the joint face as specified in paragraph "Placing dowels and Tie -bars. All this shall be at no additional cost to the Owner.] [Dowels of the size and spacing indicated shall be installed as shown on the drawings by epoxy resin bonding them in holes drilled in the joint face as specified in paragraph "Placing Dowels and Tie Bars".] The joint face shall be sawed or otherwise trimmed so that there is no abrupt offset in any direction greater than 1/2-inch (12 mm) and no gradual offset greater than 1 inch (25 mm) when tested in a horizontal direction with a 12 ft. (3.6 m) straightedge. b. Edge Repair. The edge of existing concrete pavement against which new pavement abuts shall be protected from damage at all times. Areas that are damaged during construction shall be repaired at not cost to the Owner; repair of previously existing damage will be considered a subsidiary part of concrete pavement construction. (1) Spall Repair. Spalls shall be repaired where indicated and where directed. Repair materials and procedures shall be as previously specified in subparagraph "Repairing Spatls Along Joints." i (2) Underbreak Repair. All underbreak shall be repaired. First, all delaminated and loose material shall be carefully removed. Next, the underlying material shall be ` recompacted, without addition of any new material. Finally, the void shall be completely filled with paving concrete, thoroughly consolidated. Care shall be taken to produce an even joint face from top to bottom. Prior to placing concrete, the underlying material shall be thoroughly — moistened. After placement', the exposed surface shall be heavily coated with curing compound. (3) Underlying Material. The underlying material adjacent to the edge of an under the existing pavement which is to remain in place shall be protected from damage or disturbance during removal operations and until placement of new concrete, and shall be — shaped as shown on the drawings or as directed. Sufficient material shall be kept in place outside the joint line to prevent disturbance (or sloughing) of material under the pavement that is to remain in place. Any material under the portion of the concrete pavement to remain in place, which is disturbed or loses its compaction shall be carefully removed and replaced with concrete as specified in paragraph "Underbreak Repair." The underlying material outside the joint line shall be thoroughly compacted and moist when new concrete is placed. MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE 501-5.1 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING. All acceptance sampling and testing, with the exception of coring for thickness determination, necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in this section will be performed by the Engineer. Concrete shall be accepted for strength and thickness on a lot basis. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-26 A lot shall consist of a days production not to exceed 500 square yards or one day's production with a minimum of two lots. Testing organizations performing these tests shall meet the requirements. of ASTM C 1077, including accreditation. The accreditation will include ASTM C 78. The Contractor shall bear the cost of providing curing facilities for the strength specimens, per paragraph 501-5.1a(3), and coring and filling operations, per paragraph 501-5,1b(1). a. Flexural Strength. (1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots. One sample shall be taken for each sublot from the plastic concrete delivered to the job site. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C 172. (2) Testing. Two (2) specimens shall be made from each sample. Specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31 and the flexural strength of each specimen shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C 78. The flexural strength for each sublot shall be computed by averaging the results of the two test specimens representing that sublot. Immediately prior to testing for flexural strength, the beam shall be weighed and measured for determination of a sample unit weight. Measurements shall be made for each dimension; height, depth, and length, at the mid -point of the specimen and reported to the nearest tenth of an inch. The weight of the specimen shall be reported to the nearest 0.1 pound. The sample unit weight shall be calculated by dividing the sample weight by the.calculated volume of the sample. This information shall be reported as companion information to the measured flexural strength for each specimen. . The samples will be transported while in the molds. The curing, except for the initial cure -- period, will be accomplished using the immersion in saturated lime water method. Slump, air content, and temperature tests will also be conducted by the quality assurance = laboratory for each set of strength test samples, per ASTM C 31. (3) Curing. The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for the initial curing of beams. During the 24 hours after molding, the temperature immediately adjacent to the specimens must be maintained in the range of 60 to 80 degrees F (16 to 27 degrees C), and loss of moisture from the specimens must be prevented. The specimens may be stored in tightly constructed wooden boxes, damp sand pits, temporary buildings at construction sites, under wet burlap in favorable weather, or in heavyweight closed plastic bags, or using other suitable methods, provided the temperature and moisture loss requirements are met. (4) Acceptance. Acceptance of pavement for flexural strength will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2b. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-27 b. Pavement Thickness. (1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots and one core shall be taken by the Contractor for each sublot. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained' in ASTM D 3665. Areas, such as thickened edges, with planned variable thickness, shall be excluded from sample locations. Cores shall be neatly cut with a core drill. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples and filling the cored hole. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with a non -shrink grout approved by the Engineer within one day after sampling. (2) Testing. The thickness of the cores shall be determined by the Engineer by the average caliper measurement in accordance with ASTM C 174. (3) Acceptance. Acceptance of pavement for thickness shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2c. c. Partial Lots. When operational conditions cause a lot to be terminated before the specified number of tests have been made for the lot, or when the Contractor and Engineer agree in writing to allow overages or minor placements to be considered as partial lots, the following procedure will be used to adjust the lot size and the number of tests for the lot. Where three sublots have been produced, they shall constitute a lot. Where one or two sublots have been produced, they shall be incorporated into the next lot or the previous lot and the total number of sublots shall be used in the acceptance criteria calculation, i.e., n=5 or n=6. d. Outliers. All individual flexural strength tests within a lot shall be checked for an outlier (test criterion) in accordance with ASTM E 178, at a significance level of 5 percent. Outliers shall be discarded, and the PWL shall be determined using the remaining test values. 501-5.2 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA. a. General. Acceptance will be based on the following characteristics of the completed pavement: (1) Flexural strength (4) Grade (2) Thickness (5) Edge slump (3) Smoothness (6) Dowel bar alignment Flexural strength and thickness shall be evaluated for acceptance on a lot basis using the method of estimating percentage of material within specification limits (PWL). Acceptance using PWL considers the variability (standard deviation) of the material and the testing procedures, as well as the average (mean) value of the test results to calculate the percentage of material that is above the lower specification tolerance limit (L). Acceptance for flexural strength will be based on the criteria contained in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2e(1). Acceptance for thickness will be based on the criteria contained in Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-28 =J paragraph 501-5.2e(2). Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(3). Acceptance for grade will be based on' the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(4). -� The Engineer may at any time, not withstanding previous plant acceptance, reject and require the Contractor to dispose of any batch of concrete mixture which is rendered unfit for use due to contamination, segregation, or improper slump. Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection. In the event of such rejection, the Contractor may take a representative sample of the rejected material in the presence of the Engineer, and if it can be demonstrated in the laboratory, in the presence of the Engineer, that such material was erroneously rejected, payment'will be made for the material at the contract unit price. b. Flexural Strength. Acceptance of each lot of in -place pavement for flexural .. strength shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. c. Pavement Thickness. Acceptance of each lot of in -place pavement shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. d. Percentage of Material Within Limits (PWL). The percentage of material within limits (PWL) shall be determined in accordance with procedures specified in Section 110 of the General Provisions. The lower specification tolerance limit (L) for flexural strength and thickness shall be: Lower Specification Tolerance Limit (L) Flexural Strength 0.93 x strength specified in paragraph 501-3.1 Thickness Lot Plan Thickness in inches - 0.50 inches e. Acceptance Criteria. (1) Flexural Strength. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. (2) Thickness. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. (3) Smoothness. As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently, the pavement surface shall be tested with a 16-foot (5 m) straightedge or other specified device. Surface smoothness deviations shall not exceed 1/4 inch (6 mm) from a 16-foot (5 m) straightedge placed in any direction, including placement along and spanning any pavement joint edge. Areas in a slab showing high spots of more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) but not exceeding 1/2 inch (13 mm) in 16 feet (5 m) shall be marked and immediately ground down, with an approved Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-29 grinding machine to an elevation that will fall within the tolerance of 1/4 inch (6 mm) or less. Where the departure from correct cross section exceeds 1/2 inch (13 mm), the pavement shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor when so directed by the Engineer. (4) Grade. An evaluation of the surface grade shall be made by the Engineer for compliance to the tolerances contained below. Records shall be maintained showing all grade measurements. Lateral Deviation. Lateral deviation from established alignment of the pavement edge shall not exceed plus or minus 0.10 foot (30 mm) in any lane. Vertical Deviation. Vertical deviation from established grade shall not exceed plus or minus 0.04 foot (12 mm) at any point. (5) Edge Slump. When slip -form paving is used, not more than 15 percent of the total free edge of each 500 foot (150 m) segment of pavement, or fraction thereof, shall have an edge slump exceeding 1/4-inch (6 mm), and none of the free edge of the pavement shall _ have an edge slump exceeding 3/8=inch (10 mm). (The total free edge of 500 feet (150 m) of pavement will be considered the cumulative total linear measurement of pavement edge originally constructed as nonadjacent to any existing pavement; i.e., 500 feet (150 m) of paving lane originally constructed as a separate lane will have 1,000 feet (300 m) of free edge, 500 feet (150 m) of fill-in lane will have no free edge, etc.). The area affected by the downward movement of the concrete along the pavement edge shall be limited to not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from the edge. When excessive edge slump cannot be corrected before the ` concrete has hardened, the area with excessive edge slump shall be removed and replaced at the.expense of the Contractor when so directed by the Engineer. (6) Dowel Bar Alignment. , Dowel bars and assemblies shall be checked for position and alignment. The maximum permissible tolerance on dowel bar alignment in each plane, horizontal and vertical, shall not exceed 2 percent or 1/4 inch per foot (20 mm per meter) of a dowel bar. Vertical alignment of dowels shall be measured parallel to the designed top — surface of the pavement, except for those across the crown or other grade change joints. Dowels across crowns and other joints at grade changes, shall be measured to a level surface. Horizontal alignment shall be checked perpendicular to the joint edge. f. Removal and Replacement of Concrete. Any area or section of concrete that is removed and replaced shall be removed and replaced back to planned joints. The Contractor shall replace damaged dowels and the requirements for doweled longitudinal construction joints in paragraph 501-4.10 shall apply to all contraction joints exposed by concrete removal. Removal and replacement shall be in accordance with paragraph 501-4.19 of this specification. CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 501-6.1 QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM. The Contractor shall develop a Quality Control Program in accordance with Section 100 of the General Provisions. The program shall address all elements that effect the quality of the pavement including but not limited to: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 W P-501-30 a. Mix Design e. Proportioning b. Aggregate Gradation c. Quality of Materials d. Stockpile Management f. Mixing and Transportation .g. Placing and Consolidation h. Joints i. Dowel Placement and Alignment j. Flexural or Compressive Strength k. Finishing and Curing I. Surface Smoothness 501-6.2 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to this specification and as set forth in the Quality Control Program. The testing program shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, tests for aggregate gradation, aggregate moisture content, slump, and air content. A Quality Control Testing Plan shall be developed as part of the Quality Control Program. a. Fine Aggregate. (1) Gradation. A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily in accordance with ASTM C 136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. (2) Moisture Content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurements of moisture content shall be made per week to check the calibration. If direct _ measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter, two tests shall be made per day. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 70 or ASTM C 566. b. Coarse Aggregate. (1) Gradation. A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily for each size of aggregate. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. (2) Moisture Content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurements of moisture content shall be made per week to check the calibration. If direct measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter, two tests shall be made per day. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 566. c. Slump. Four slump tests shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in Section 501-5.1. One test shall be made for each sublot. Slump tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 143 from material randomly sampled from material discharged from trucks at the paving site. Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172. d. Air Content. Four air content tests, shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in Section 501-5.1. One test shall be made Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-31 for each subiot. Air content tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C 173 for slag or other porous coarse aggregate, from material randomly sampled from trucks at the paving site. Material samples shall be taken .in accordance with ASTM C 172. e. Four unit weight and yield tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 138. The samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172 and at the same time as the air content tests. 501-6.3 CONTROL CHARTS. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts for fine and coarse aggregate gradation, slump, and air content. Control charts shall be posted in a location satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be kept up to date at all times. As a minimum, the control charts shall identify the project number, the contract item number, the test number, each test parameter, the Action and suspension Limits, or Specification limits, applicable to each test parameter, and the Contractor's test results. The Contractor shall ,use the control charts as part of a process control system for identifying potential problems and assignable causes before they occur. If the Contractor's projected data during production indicates a potential problem and the Contractor is not taking satisfactory corrective action, the Engineer may halt production or acceptance of the material. a. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Gradation. The Contractor shall record the running average of the last five gradation tests for each control sieve on linear control charts. Specification limits contained in Tables 1 and 2 shall be superimposed on the Control Chart for job control. b. Slump and Air Content. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts both for individual measurements and range (i.e. difference between highest and lowest measurements) for slump and air content in accordance with the following Action and Suspension Limits. Control Parameter Slip Form: Slump Air Content Fixed Form Slump Air Content CONTROL CHART LIMITS Individual Measurements Range Suspension Limit Action Limit Suspension Limit +0 to -1 inch (0- +0.5 to -1.5 inch (13- +/- 1.5 inch (38 mm) 25mm) 38mm) +/- 1.2% +/- 1.8% +/- 2.5% + 0.5 to -1 inch (13- +1 to 25mm) - 38mm) +/- 1.2% +/- 1.8% -1.5 inch (25- +/- 1.5 inch (38mm) +/- 2.5% The individual measurement control charts shall use the mix design target values as indicators of central tendency. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-32 501-6.4 CORRECTIVE ACTION. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall indicate that appropriate action shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of control. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control and shall contain sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control. As a minimum, a process shall be deemed out of control and corrective action taken if any one of the following conditions exists. a. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Gradation. When two consecutive averages of five tests are outside of the Tables 1 or 2 specification limits, immediate steps, including a halt to production, shall be taken to correct the grading. b. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Moisture Content. Whenever the moisture content of the One or coarse aggregate changes by more than 0.5 percent, the scale settings for the _ aggregate batcher(s) and water hatcher shall be adjusted. c. Slump. The Contractor shall halt production and make appropriate adjustments whenever: range; or (1) one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or (2) two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. d. Air Content. The Contractor shall halt production and adjust the amount of air - entraining admixture whenever: range; or (1) one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or (2) two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. Whenever a point falls outside the Action Limits line, the air -entraining admixture dispenser shall be calibrated to ensure that it is operating correctly and with good reproducibility. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 501-7.1 Portland cement concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of square yards of either plain or reinforced pavement as specified in -place, completed and accepted. Saw -cut grooving shall be measured by the number of square yards of saw -cut grooving as specified in -place, completed and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 501-8.1 PAYMENT. Payment for accepted concrete pavement shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard adjusted in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1a, subject to the limitation that: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-33 The total project payment for concrete pavement shall not exceed 100 percent of the product of the contract unit price and the total number of square yards of concrete pavement used in the accepted work (See Note 2 under Table 3). Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the work as specified herein .and on the drawings, except for saw -cut grooving. a. Basis of Adjusted Payment. The pay factor for each individual lot shall be calculated in accordance with Table 3. A pay factor shall be calculated for both flexural strength and thickness. The lot pay factor shall be the higher of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are 100 percent or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the product of the two. values when only one of the calculations for either flexural strength or thickness is 100 percent or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the lower of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are less than 100 percent . TABLE 3. PRICE ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE' Percentage of Material Within Specification Limits (PWL) 96 — 100 90 — 95 75-90 55 — 74 Below 55 Lot Pay Factor (Percent of Contract Unit Price) 106 PWL+10 0.5PWL + 55 1.4PWL— 12 Reject 2 ' ALTHOUGH IT IS THEORETICALLY POSSIBLE TO ACHIEVE A PAY FACTOR OF 106 PERCENT FOR EACH LOT, ACTUAL PAYMENT IN EXCESS OF 100 PERCENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE TOTAL PROJECT PAYMENT LIMITATION SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 501-8.1. 2 The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, the Engineer may decide to allow the rejected lot to remain. In that case, if the Engineer and Contractor agree in writing that the lot shall not be removed, it shall be paid for at 50 percent of the contract.unit price AND THE TOTAL PROJECT PAYMENT LIMITATION SHALL BE REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT WITHHELD FOR THE REJECTED LOT. For each lot accepted, the adjusted contract unit price shall be the product of the lot pay factor for the lot and the contract unit price. Payment shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 501-8.1. Payment in excess of 100 percent for accepted lots of concrete pavement shall be used to offset payment for accepted lots of concrete pavement that achieve a lot pay factor less than 100 percent. b. Payment. Payment shall be made under: Item P-501-8.1a Portland Cement Concrete Pavement per square Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 r w ri P-501-34 yard c. Basis of adjusted payment for Smoothness. Price adjustment for pavement smoothness will apply to the total area of concrete within a section of pavement and shall be applied in accordance the following equation and schedule: (Sq yds in section) x (original unit -price per sq yds) x PFm = reduction in payment for area within section Average Profile Index (Inches per mile) Davement strength rating Contract Unit Price over 30,000lb Short Adjustment 30,000 lb or less Sections PFm 0 -7 0-10 0-15 0.00 7.1 -9 10.1-11 15.1-16 0.02 9.1 -11 11.1-12 16.1-17 0.04 11.1-13 12.1-13 17.1-18 0.06 13.1-14 13.1-14 18.1-20 0.08 14.1-15 14.1-15 20.1-22• 0.10 15.1 & up 15.1 & up 22.1 & up corrective work required 501-8.2 PAYMENT FOR SAW -CUT GROOVING. Payment for saw -cut grooving shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for saw -cut grooving. TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C 39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C 70 Surface Moisture in Fine Aggregate ASTM C 78 Test for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third -Point Loading) ASTM C 88 Test for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C 131 Test for Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C 138 Test for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-501-35 ASTM C 143 Test for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete ASTM C 172 Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C 173 Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method ASTM C 174 Measuring Thickness of Concrete Elements Using Drilled Concrete Cores ASTM C 227 Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement -Aggregate Combinations (Mortar -Bar Method) ASTM C 231 Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C 289 Potential Alkali -Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method) ASTM C 295 Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete ASTM C 114 Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement ASTM C 535 Test for Resistance to Degradation of Large -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 566 Total Evaporable Moisture Content of Aggregates by Drying ASTM C 642 Test for Density, Absorption, and Voids in Hardened Concrete ASTM C 666 Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing ASTM C 1077 Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction And Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation ASTM C 1260 Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar -Bar Method) ASTM D 3665 Random Sampling of Paving Materials ASTM D 4791 Test Method for Flat or Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate ASTM E 178 Dealing With Outlying Observations ASTM E 1274 Test for Measuring Pavement Roughness Using a Profilograph AASHTO T 26 Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 b P-501-36 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM A 184 Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 185 Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 497 Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 704 Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 714 Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe _ ASTM A 996 Specification for Rail -Steel and Axle Steel Deformed Bars .for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM C 33 Specification for Concrete Aggregates ASTM C 94 Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete ASTM C 150 Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C 171 Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete ASTM C 260 Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C 309 Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C 494 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C 595 Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements ASTM C 618 Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete ASTM C 881 Specification for Epoxy -Resin Base Bonding System for Concrete ASTM C 989 Specification for Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars ASTM D 1751 Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation id Phase 3 P-501-37 Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) ASTM D 1752 Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving And Structural Construction — ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting ACI 306R Cold Weather Concreting ACI 309 Guide for Consolidation of Concrete MIL-DTL-24441/20a (1999)_Paint, Epoxy-Polyamide, Green Primer, Formula 150, Type III Department of Defense Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 END OF ITEM P-501 h I= P-501-38 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT 1. Delete all references to "Engineer" and replace with "Owner or Owner's Representative." 2. Add the following to Section 602-2.1: TABLE 1. BITUMINOUS MATERIAL Application Temperatures TVDe and Grade Specification Deg. F Deg. C Emulsified Asphalt AE-P 70-150 20-70 4. Add the following paragraph to Section 602-3.3: Contractor is cautioned that rainfall runoff from areas of the project under construction may become contaminated due to contact with construction materials. The specified bond breaker material applied to the surface of cement treated base material is one such material. Contractor shall take measures necessary to prevent introduction of contaminants into drainage systems of waterways. Such measures include, but are not limited to, avoiding application prior to forecasted rain, minimizing the period between application of bond -- breaker, placement of PCCP, construction of dikes, installation of hay bales. There will be no separate payment to this -work. 5. Delete Section 602-5.1, BASIS OF PAYMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: 602-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon for bituminous prime coat. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivering, and applying the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: -� Item 00047 Paint & Coating -Bituminous Prime Coat - Install - per gallon END OF SPECIAL PROVISION Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs no and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 S- P-602-1 ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT DESCRIPTION 602-1.1 This item shall consist of an application of bituminous material on the prepared base course in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity to the lines shown on the plans. MATERIALS 602-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and application temperatures for the bituminous materials are given in Table 1. The Engineer shall designate the specific material to be used. TABLE 1. Type and Grade Emulsified Asphalt SS-1, SS-1 h MS-2, HFMS-1 CSS-1, CSS-1 h CMS-2 Cutback Asphalt RC-30• RC-70 RC-250 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL Application Temperatures \1 \ Specification Deg. F Deg. C ASTM D 977 70-160 20-70 ASTM D 977 70-160 20-70 ASTM D 2397 70-160 20-70 ASTM D 2397 70-160 20-70 ASTM D 2028 80+ 30+ ASTM D 2028 120+ 50+ ASTM D 2028 165+ 75+ \1\ The maximum temperature for cutback asphalt shall be that at which fogging occurs. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 602-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The prime coat shall be applied only when the existing surface is dry or contains sufficient moisture to get uniform distribution of the bituminous • material, when the atmospheric temperature is above 60OF (150C), and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. The temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the Engineer. 602-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The equipment used by the Contractor shall include a self -powered pressure bituminous material distributor and equipment for heating bituminous material. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-602-1 The distributor shall be designed, equipped, maintained, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat may be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at the specified rate. The allowable variation from the specified rate shall not exceed 10 percent. Distributor equipment shall include a tachometer, pressure gages, volume -measuring devices or a calibrated tank, and a thermometer for measuring temperatures of tank contents. The distributor shall be self -powered and shall be equipped with a power unit for the pump and full circulation spray bars adjustable laterally and vertically. If the distributor is not equipped with an operable quick shut off valve, the prime operations shall be started and stopped on building power. The Contractor shall remove blotting sand prior to asphalt concrete lay down operations at no additional expense to the owner. A power broom and/or blower shall be provided for any required cleaning of the surface to be treated. 602-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immediately before applying the prime coat, the full width of the surface to be primed shall be swept with a power broom to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable material. The bituminous material including solvent shall be uniformly applied with a bituminous distributor at the rate of 0.25 to 0.50 gallons per square yard (1.20 to 2.40 liters per square meter) depending on the base course surface texture.. The type of bituminous material and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer prior to application. Following the application, the primed surface shall be allowed to dry not less than 48 hours without being disturbed or for such additional time as may be necessary to permit the drying out of. the prime coat until it will not be picked up by traffic or equipment. This period shall be determined by the, Engineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the Contractor until the surfacing has been placed. Suitable precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to protect the primed surface against damage during this interval, including supplying and spreading any sand necessary to blot up excess bituminous material. 602-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bituminous materials that the Contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to their source and character, must be submitted and approved before use of such material begins. The Contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous materials to furnish — material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials, so demonstrated by service tests, shall be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the project. The test reports shall contain all the data required by the applicable specification. If the Contractor applies the prime material prior to receipt of the tests reports, payment for the material shall be withheld until they are received. If the material does not pass the specifications it shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of, the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of materials received for use on the project. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation _ Phase 3 P-602-2 602-3.5 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer receipted bills when railroad shipments are made, and certified weigh bills when materials are received in any other manner, of the bituminous materials y actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The Contractor shall not remove bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the Engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released until the final outage has been taken by the Engineer. Copies of freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the Engineer during the progress of the work. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 602-4.1 The bituminous material for prime coat shall be measured by the gallon. Volume shall be corrected to the volume at 60°F (15°C) in accordance with ASTM D 1250' for cutback asphalt, and Table IV-3 of The Asphalt Institute's Manual MS-6 for emulsified asphalt. BASIS OF PAYMENT 602-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon for bituminous prime - coat. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivering, and applying the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-602-5.1 Bituminous Prime Coat —per gallon MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 977 Emulsified Asphalt ASTM D 2028 Cutback Asphalt (Rapid Curing Type) ASTM D 2397 Cationic Emulsified Asphalt TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 1250 Petroleum Measurement Tables Asphalt Institute Asphalt Pocketbook of Useful Information (Temperature -Volume Manual MS-6 Corrections for Emulsified Asphalts) Table IV-3 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 END OF ITEM P-602 P-602-3 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-605 JOINT SEALING FILLER ' 1. Delete all references to "Engineer" and replace with "Owner" or "Owner's Representative." 2. Delete Section 605-2.1 and substitute the following: 605-2.1 JOINT SEALERS. Unless Otherwise shown on the Plans, selected y concrete pavement joints are to be sealed with silicone -base sealant. Joint sealing materials shall be Type IX Silicon Joint sealant and shall meet the requirements of Federal specifications TT-S-001543A and TT-S-002306 Class A. Unless otherwise shown on plans, all pavements joints are to be sealed with self leveling silicon based sealant. a. Silicon Based Sealant. Joint sealant shall be Dow Corning SL890 joint sealant as manufactured by Dow Corning Corp., Midland, Michigan 48647; Baysilicone 960, Mobay Corp., Pittsburg, Pennsylvania; Roadsaver Silicone, Crafco Inc., Chandler, Arizona; or approved equal. b. Backer Rod. The backer rod shall be closed cell polyethylene foam backer rod of sufficient size to provide a tight seal. The backer shall be installed in, the saw cut joint to prevent the sealant from flowing to the bottom. The backer rod shall be compatible with the joint sealant to act as a bond breaker. Each lot or batch of sealing compound shall be delivered to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original sealed container. Each container shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch or lot number, and the safe heating temperature and shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's certification that the compound meets the requirements of the specifications. 3. Add the following Section 605-2.2 Section 605-2.2 EQUIPMENT. Equipment necessary for construction of this work shall be in good working condition and as recommended by the sealant -- manufacturer. The joint sealant application equipment shall consist of a power driven apparatus capable of extruding the material at a continuous feed. The extruding nozzle tip of the machine shall be designed to fill the joint uniformly. The equipment for cleaning joint openings shall consist of plows, powered brooms, air compressors, and joint cleaning and grooving machines necessary to produce a clean dry joint. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 S-P-605-1 4. Add the following to Section 605-3.2 b. Prior to resealing joints, the existing joint material shall be removed to the depth as shown on the plans. If joint sealer other than that originally used is specified, all existing joint sealer shall be removed. 4. Add the following to Section 605-3.3 The joints shall be sealed immediately following the period recommended by the manufacturer to allow proper pavement curing and adhesion of the sealant. At the time of application the ambient temperature and the pavement temperature shall be at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit and weather conditions shall be dry. Silicone joint sealant shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The manufacturer's representative shall be at - the site of the work prior to commencement of initial joint sealant operatigons to demonstrate application technique to the Contractor an to insure proper preparation of the joint has been performed. Sufficient joint sealant shall be placed in the joints so that the surface of the sealant is within one quarter of an inch below the surface of the pavement, or at the level directed by the Engineer of the manufacturer's representative. Immediately after placement and before the skin forms, the sealant shall be tool3ed against the joint face for maximum adhesion. The contractor spot or refill all unsatisfactory joints before final acceptance. Any excess sealant shall be removed with the surface left in a clean _ condition. 5. Delete Section 605-4.1, METHOD OF MEASUREMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: 605-4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. No measurement will be made for direct payment of joint sealing filler required in the construction of new concrete pavements. The cost of furnishing and installing joint sealing filler, performed materials, and backer rod shall be considered a subsidiary obligation in the completion of items requiring joint sealant filler. 6. Delete Section 605-5.1, BASIS OF PAYMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: 605-5.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT. No direct payment shall be made for joint sealing filler. The cost of joint sealing is incidental to the construction of specified pavement as shown in the contract documents. r END OF SPECIAL PROVISION Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 S-P-605-2 ITEM P-605 JOINT SEALING FILLER DESCRIPTION 605-1.1 This item shall consist of providing and installing a resilient and adhesive joint sealing filler capable of effectively sealing joints and cracks in pavements. MATERIALS 605-2.1 JOINT SEALERS. Joint sealing materials shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 5893 - Standard Specifications for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements. Each lot or batch of sealing compound shall be delivered to the jobsite in the manufacturer's ,. original sealed container. Each container shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch or lot number, the safe heating temperature, and shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's certification stating that the compound meets the requirements of this specification. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 605-3.1 TIME OF APPLICATION. Joints shall be sealed as soon after completion of the curing period as feasible and -before the pavement is opened to traffic, including construction _ equipment.. The pavement temperature shall be above 40OF (4°C) at the time of installation of the poured joint sealing material. 605-3.2 PREPARATION OF JOINTS. a. Sawing. All joints shall be sawed in accordance with specifications and plan details. Immediately after sawing the joint, the resulting slurry shall be completely removed from joint and adjacent area by flushing with a jet of water, and by use of other tools as necessary. b. Sealing. Immediately before sealing, the joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of all remaining laitance, curing compound, and other foreign material. Cleaning shall be accomplished by sandblasting. Sandblasting shall be accomplished in a minimum of two passes. One pass per joint face with the nozzle held at an angle directly toward the joint face and not more that 3 inches from it. Upon completion of cleaning, the joints shall be blown out with compressed air free of oil and water. Only air compressors with operable oil and water traps shall be used to prepare the joints for sealing. The joint faces shall be surface dry when the seal is applied. r Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-605-1 605-3.3 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS. Joints shall be inspected for proper width, depth, alignment, and preparation, and shall be approved by the Engineer before sealing is allowed. " Sealants shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: Cold Applied Sealants. Cold applied joint sealing compound shall be applied by means of pressure equipment that will force the sealing material to the bottom of the joint and completely fill the joint without spilling the material on the surface of the pavement. A backing material shall be placed as shown on the plans and shall be nonadhesive to the concrete or the sealant material. Sealant that does not bond to the concrete surface of the joint walls, contains voids, or fails to set to a tack -free condition will be rejected and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost. Before sealing the joints, the Contractor shall demonstrate that the equipment and procedures for preparing, mixing, and placing the sealant will produce a satisfactory joint seal. This shall include the preparation of two small batches and the application of the resulting material. Any sealant spilled on the surface of the pavement, structures and/or lighting fixtures, _ shall be removed immediately. The use of a backup material or bond breaker in the bottom of the joint to be filled is recommended to control the depth of the sealant, to achieve the desired shape factor, and to support the sealant against indentation and sag. Backup materials and bond breakers should be compatible with the sealant, should not adhere to the sealant, should be compressible without extruding the sealant, and should recover to maintain contact with the joint faces when the joint is open. Jute, paper, or other moisture absorbing material shall not be used for the backing material. The backing material shall be rubber, butyl rubber, or other approved material that will not react with the joint sealer and will not form a gas when the hot joint sealer is applied. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 605-4.1 Joint sealing material shall be measured by the linear foot of sealant in place, completed, and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 605-5.1 Payment for joint sealing material shall be made at the contract unit price per linear foot. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation, delivering, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-605-5.1 Joint Sealing Filler -- per gallon (liter) Item P-605-5.2 Joint Sealing Filler — per pound (kg) Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-605-2 w TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 412 Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers — Tension ASTM D 1644 Test Methods for Nonvolatile Content of Varnishes MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 1854 Jet -Fuel -Resistant Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot -Applied Elastic Type ASTM D 3406 Joint Sealants, Hot -Applied, Elastomeric-Type, for Portland Cement . Concrete Pavements ASTM D 3569 Joint Sealant, Hot -Applied, Elastometric, Jet -Fuel -Resistant Type, for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements ASTM D 3581 Joint Sealant, Hot -Applied, Jet -Fuel -Resistant Type, for Portland Cement Concrete and Tar -Concrete Pavements ASTM D 5893 Standard Specifications for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements ASTM D 6690 Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot -Applied, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements FED SPEC Sealants, Joint, Two -Component, Jet -Blast Resistant, Cold Applied SS-S-200E(2) Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 END OF ITEM P-605 is P-605-3 .. SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING 1. Delete all references to "Engineer" and replace with "Owne►' or "Owner's Representative." 2. Delete second paragraph of Section 620-3.5, Application, and substitute the following: The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions and -° applied to the pavement with a marking machine at the rate(s) shown in Table 1. The addition of thinner will not be permitted. A period of 24 hour shall elapse between placement of seal coat and application of the paint, and a period of 30 days shall elapse between placement of a bituminous surface course and application of the paint. 3. Delete Section 620-2.2b, EPDXY, in its entirety. 3. Delete Section 620-2.2c, METHACRYLATE, in its entirety. 3. Delete Section 620-2.2d, SOLVENT -BASE, in its entirety. 4. Delete Section 620-4.1, METHOD OF MEASUREMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: 620-4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. The quantity of runway and taxiway markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Owner or Owner's Representative. This quantity shall include reflective media. 5. Delete Section 620-5.1, BASIS OF PAYMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: 620-5.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT. Payment shall be made at the respective contract price per square foot for runway and taxiway painting, including reflective media. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and .� for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. .. Payment will be made under: Item 00038 Marking -Runway w/Taxiway Marking — Install (Yellow Reflectorized) --- per square foot Item 00038 Marking -Runway w/Taxiway Marking — Install (White Reflectorized) --- per square foot END OF SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-620 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 S-P-620-1 ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING DESCRIPTION 620-1.1 This item shall consist of the painting of numbers, markings, and stripes on the surface of runways, taxiways, and aprons, in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS 620-2.1 MATERIALS ACCEPTANCE. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's certified test reports for materials shipped to the project. The certified test reports shall include a statement that the materials meet the specification requirements. The reports can be used for material acceptance or the Engineer may perform verification testing. The reports shall not be interpreted as a basis for payment. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon arrival of a shipment of materials to the site. 620-2.2 PAINT. Paint shall be Waterbornein accordance with the requirements of paragraph 620-2.2a. Paint shall be furnished in Yellow - 33538 or 33655 and White - 37925 in accordance with Federal Standard No 595. a. WATERBORNE. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P- 1952E, Type Il. b. EPDXY. Paint shall be a two component, minimum 99 percent solids type system conforming to the following: (1) Pigments. Component A. Percent by weight. (a) White: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 18 percent minimum (16.5 percent minimum at 100 percent purity). (b) Yellow and Colors: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 14 to 17 percent. Organic yellow, other colors, and tinting as required to meet color standard. Epoxy resin shall be 75 to 79 percent. (2) Epoxy Content. Component A. The weight per epoxy equivalent, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1652 shall be the manufacturer's target plus or minus 50. (3) Amine Number. Component B: When tested in accordance with ASTM D 2074 shall be the manufacturer's target plus or minus 50. Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-620-1 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 ■ (4) Prohibited Materials. The manufacturer shall certify that the product does not contain mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, halogenated solvents, nor any carcinogen, as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200. (5) Daylight Directional Reflectance: (a) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not be less than 75 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN, Method 6121. (b) Yellow: The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow paint shall not be less than 38 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN. The x and y values shall be consistent with the Federal Hegman yellow color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed below: x .462 x .470 x .479 x .501 y .438 y .455 y .428 y .452 (6) Accelerated Weathering. (a) Sample Preparation. Apply the paint at a wet film thickness of 0.013 inch (0.33 mm) to four 3 by 6 inch (8 by 15 cm) aluminum panels prepared as described in Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN, Method 2013. Air dry the sample 48 hours under standard conditions. (b) Testing Conditions. Test in accordance with ASTM G 15453 using both Ultra Violet (UV-B) Light and condensate exposure, 72 hours total, alternating 4 hour UV exposure at 60 degree C, and 4 hours condensate exposure at 40 degrees C. (c) Evaluation. Remove the samples and condition for 24 hours under standard conditions. Determine the directional reflectance and color match using the procedures in paragraph 620-2.2b(5) above. Evaluate for conformance with the color requirements. (7) Volatile Organic Content. Determine the volatile organic content in accordance with 40 CFR Part 60 Appendix A, Method 24. (8) Dry Opacity. Use Procedure B, Method B of Method 4121 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 141D/GEN. The wet film thickness shall be'0.015 inch (0.12 mm). The minimum opacity for white and colors shall be 0.92. (9) Abrasion Resistance. Subject the panels prepared in paragraph 620-2.2b(6) to the abrasion test in accordance with ASTM D 968, Method A, except that the inside diameter of the metal guide tube shall be from 0.747 to 0.750 inch (18.97 to 19.05 mm). Five liters of unused sand shall be used for each test panel. The test shall be run on two test panels. [Note: five liters of sand weighs 17.5 lb. (7.94 kg).] Both baked and weathered paint films shall require not less than 150 liters of sand for the removal of the paint films. Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-620-2 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 (10) Hardness, Shore. Hardness shall be at least 80 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2240. c. METHACRYLATE. Paint shall be a two component, minimum 99 percent solids -type system conforming to the following: minimum. minimum. standard. (1) Pigments. Component A. Percent by weight. (a) White: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 6 percent Methacrylate resin shall be 18 percent minimum. (b) Yellow and Colors: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 6 percent Organic yellow, other colors, and tinting as required to meet color Methacrylate resin shall be 18 percent minimum. (2) Prohibited Materials. The manufacturer shall certify that the product does not contain mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, halogenated solvents, nor any carcinogen, as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200. (3) Daylight Directional Reflectance: (a) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not be less than 80 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN, Method 6121. (b) Yellow: The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow paint shall not be less than.55 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN. The x and y values shall be consistent with the Federal Hegman yellow color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed below: x .462 x .470 x .479 x .501 y .438 y .455 y .428 y .452 - (4) Accelerated Weathering. (a) Sample Preparation. Apply the paint at a wet film thickness of 0.013 inch (0.33 mm) to four 3 by 6 inch (8 by 15 cm) aluminum panels prepared as described in Method 2013 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN. Air dry the sample 48 hours under standard conditions. (b) Testing Conditions. Test in accordance with ASTM G 53 154 using both Ultra Violet (UV-B) Light and condensate exposure, 72 hours total, alternating 4 hour UV _ exposure at 60 degree C, and 4 hours condensate exposure at 40 degrees C. Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-620-3 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 0 (c) Evaluation. Remove the samples and condition for 24 hours under standard conditions. Determine the directional reflectance and color match using the procedures in paragraph 620-2.2c(3) above. Evaluate for conformance with the color requirements. '- (5) Volatile Organic Content. Determine the volatile organic content in accordance with 40 CFR Part 60 Appendix A, Method 24. (6) Dry Opacity. Use Procedure B, Method B of Method 4121 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN. The wet film thickness shall be 0.015 inch (0.12 mm). The minimum opacity for white and colors shall be 0.92. (7) Abrasion Resistance. Subject the panels prepared in paragraph 620-2.2c(4) to _ the abrasion test in accordance with ASTM D 968, Method A, except that the inside diameter of the metal guide tube shall be from 0.747 to 0.750 inch (18.97 to 19.05 mm). Five liters of unused sand shall be used for each test panel. The test shall be run on two test panels. [Note: five liters of sand weighs 17.5 lb. (7.94 kg).] Both baked and weathered paint films shall require not less than 150 liters of sand for the removal of the paint films. (8) Hardness, Shore. Hardness shall be at least 80 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2240. d. SOLVENT -BASE. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification A-A-2886A Type I or Type Il. 620-2.3 REFLECTIVE MEDIA. Glass beads shall meet the requirements for Federal 4 Specification. TT-B-1325D, Type IV. Glass beads shall be treated with all compatible coupling agents recommended by the manufacturers of the paint and reflective media to ensure adhesion and embedment. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 620-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The painting shall be performed only when the surface is dry and when the surface temperature is at least 45°F (7°C) and rising and the pavement surface temperature is at least 5°F (2.7°C) above the dew point. Painting operations shall be discontinued when the surface temperature exceeds 100 degrees F. Markings shall not be applied when the pavement temperature is greater than 120°F. 620-3.2 EQUIPMENT. Equipment shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, a mechanical marking machine, a bead dispensing machine, and such auxiliary hand-painting,equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The mechanical marker shall be an atomizing spray -type or airless type marking machine suitable for application of traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall apply markings of uniform cross sections and clear-cut edges without running or spattering and without over spray. Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-620-4 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 _ 620-3.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACE. Immediately before application of the paint, the surface shall be dry and free from dirt, grease, oil, laitance, or other foreign material that would reduce the bond between the paint and the pavement. The area to be painted shall be cleaned _ by sweeping and blowing or by other methods as required to remove all dirt, laitance, and loose materials without damage to the pavement surface. Use of any chemicals or impact abrasives during surface preparation shall be approved in advance by the Engineer. Paint shall not be applied to Portland cement concrete pavement until the areas to be painted are clean of curing material. Sandblasting or high-pressure water shall be used to remove curing materials. 620-3.4 LAYOUT OF MARKINGS. The proposed markings shall be laid out in advance of the paint application. The locations of markings to receive glass beads shall be shown on the plans. 620-3.5 APPLICATION. Paint shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing shown on the plans. Paint shall not be applied until the layout and condition of the surface has been approved by the Engineer. The edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) in 50 feet (15 m) and marking dimensions and spacings shall be within the following tolerances: Dimension and Spacing Tolerance 36 inches (910 mm) or less ±1/2 inch (12 mm) greater than 36 inches to 6 feet (910 mm to ± 1 inch (25 mm) 1.85 m) greater than 6 feet to 60 feet (1.85 m to 18.3 ± 2 inches (51 mm) m) greater than 60 feet (18.3 m) ± 3 inches (76 mm) The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and applied to the pavement with a marking machine at the rate(s) shown in Table 1. The addition of thinner will not be permitted. A period of 24 hours shall elapse between placement of a bituminous surface course or seal coat and application of the paint. TABLE 1. APPLICATION RATES FOR PAINT AND GLASS BEADS Paint Glass Beads, Glass Beads, Glass Beads, Square feet per Type I, Type III Type IV gallon, ft2/gal Gradation A Pounds per gallon Pounds per gallon (Square meters Pounds per gallon of paint—lb./gal. of paint—lb./gal. Paint Type per of paint—lb./gal. (Kilograms per (Kilograms per liter, m2/1) (Kilograms per liter liter of paint—kg/)I liter of paint—kg/I of paint—kg/1) Waterborne 90 W/gal. 8 lb./gal. maximum minimum (2.2 m2/1 (1.0 kg/1) Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-620-5 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 Glass beads shall be distributed upon the marked _areas at the locations shown on the plans to receive glass beads immediately after application of the paint. A dispenser shall be furnished which is properly designed for attachment to the marking machine and suitable for dispensing glass beads. Glass beads shall be applied at the rate(s) shown in Table 1. Glass beads shall not be applied to black paint. Glass beads shall adhere to the cured paint or all marking operations shall cease until corrections are made. All emptied containers shall be returned to the paint storage area for checking by the Engineer. The containers shall not' be removed from the airport or destroyed until authorized by the Engineer. 620-3.6 PROTECTION AND CLEANUP. After application of the paint, all markings shall, be protected from damage until the paint is dry. All surfaces shall be protected from excess moisture and/or rain and from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, or drippings of paint. The Contractor shall remove from the site all debris, waste, loose or unadhered reflective media, and by-products generated by the surface preparation and application operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall dispose of these wastes in strict compliance with all applicable state, local, and Federal environmental statutes and regulations. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 620-4.1 The quantity of runway and taxiway markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet of painting and the number of pounds of reflective media performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Engineer. BASIS OF PAYMENT 620.-5.1 Payment shall be made at the respective contract price per square foot for runway and taxiway painting, and price per pound for reflective media. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-620-5.1-1 Item P-620-5.1-2 ASTM C 136 ASTM C 146 ASTM C 371 Runway and Taxiway Painting [per square foot Reflective Media [per pound (kilogram)] [lump sum] TESTING REQUIREMENTS Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates Chemical Analysis of Glass Sand Wire -Cloth Sieve Analysis of Nonplastic Ceramic Powders Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-620-6 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 "' ASTM D 92 Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup ASTM D 711 No -Pick -Up Time of Traffic Paint ASTM D 968 Standard Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling Abrasive ASTM D 1213-54(1975) Test Method for Crushing Resistance of Glass Spheres — ASTM D 1652 Test Method for Epoxy Content of Epoxy Resins ASTM D 2074 Test Method for Total Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary. Amine Values of Fatty Amines by Alternative Indicator Method ASTM D 2240 Test Method for Rubber Products-Durometer Hardness ASTM G 15453 Operating Light and Water -Exposure Apparatus (Fluorescent Light Apparatus UV -Condensation Type) for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials. Federal Test Method Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related Materials; Methods of Inspection, Standard No. 141 D/GEN Sampling and Testing - MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 476 Specifications for DryPigmentary Titanium Dioxide Pigments Products Code of Federal Regulations 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A — Definition of Traverse Point Number and Location Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1910.1200 — Hazard Communications - FED SPEC TT-B-1325D Beads (Glass Spheres) Retroreflective AASHTO M 247 Glass Beads Used in Traffic Paints FED SPEC TT-P-1952E Paint, Traffic and Airfield Marking, Waterborne _ Commercial Item Description (CID) A-A-28866 Paint, Traffic, Solvent Based _ FED STD 595 Colors used in Government Procurement END OF ITEM P-620 Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-620-7 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-626 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT SLURRY SEAL SURFACE TREATMENT 1. Delete all references to "Engineer' and replace with "Owner" or "Owner's Representative." 3. Delete Section 626-5.1 thru Section 626-5.5, METHOD OF MEASUREMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: .s 626-5.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. Emulsified asphalt slurry seal surface repair shall be measured by the number of square yard of material placed. 4. Delete Section 626-6.1, BASIS OF PAYMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: 626-6.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT. Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for emulsified slurry seal applied. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for preparing, mixing, and applying these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item 00468 Pavement Seal Coat — Install (Type II) --- per square yard so END OF SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-626 r Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 S-P-626-1 0 ,a ITEM P-626 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT SLURRY SEAL SURFACE TREATMENT DESCRIPTION 626-1.1 This item shall consist of a' mixture of emulsified. asphalt, mineral aggregate, and water properly proportioned, mixed, and spread on an asphalt prepared underlying course or existing wearing course in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS 626-2.1 AGGREGATE. The aggregate shall consist of sound and durable manufactured sand, slag, crusher fines, crushed stone, or a combination thereof. The aggregate shall be clean and free from vegetable matter, dirt, and other deleterious substances. The aggregate shall have a sand equivalent of not less than 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2419. The aggregate shall show a loss of not more than 35 percent when tested in accordance with. ASTM C 131. The sodium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 12 percent, or the magnesium soundness loss shall not exceed 20 percent after 5 cycles when tested in accordance with ASTM C 88. Aggregate shall be 100 percent crushed. The combined aggregate shall conform to the gradation shown in Table 1 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 and ASTM C 117. TABLE 1. GRADATION OF AGGREGATES Sieve Size Percent by Weight Passing Sieve Type I Type 11 Type III Type IA 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) 100 100 100 100 - No. 4 (4.75 mm) 100 90 - 100 70 - 90 98 - 100 No. 8 (2.36 mrri) 90 - 100 65 - 90 45 - 70 85 - 95 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 65 - 90 45 - 70 28 - 50 50 - 75 No. 30 (600 micro m) 40 - 65 30 - 50 19 - 34 30 - 50 No. 50 (300 micro m) 25 - 42 18 - 30 12 - 25 18 - 35 No. 100 (150 micro 15 - 30 10 - 21 7 - 18 10 - 21 m) No. 200 (75 micro m) 10 - 20 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 10 Residual asphalt 10% - 16% 7.5% - 6.5% - 12% 9% - 13.5% content percent dry 13.5% weight of aggregate The job mix formula (mix design) shall be run using aggregate within the gradation band for the desired type shown in Table 1. Once the mix design has been submitted and approved, the aggregate used on the project shall not vary by more than the tolerances shown in Table 2. At no time shall the aggregate used go out of the gradation bands in Table 1. Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-626-1 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation • Phase 3 The aggregate will be accepted at the job location or stockpile. The stockpile will be accepted based on five gradation tests samples in accordance with ASTM D 75. If the average of the five tests is within the gradation tolerances, then the materials will be accepted. If the tests show the material to be out of tolerance, the Contractor will be given the choice either to remove the material or blend other aggregates with the stockpile material to bring it into specification. Materials used in blending shall meet the quality tests before blending and shall be blended in a manner to produce a consistent gradation. This blending may require a new mix design. Screening shall be required at the project stockpile site if there are any problems created by having oversize materials in the mix. Precautions shall be taken to prevent segregation of the aggregate in storing and handling. The stockpile shall be kept in areas that drain readily. a. Aggregate Tolerance. Once the mix design has been accepted, the aggregate gradation used on the project may vary from the aggregate gradation used in the mix design on each sieve by the percentages shown in Table 2. If the project aggregate fails to remain within this tolerance, a new mix design will be required by the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor. Sieve Size 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) No. 4. (4.75 mm) No. 8 (2.36 mm) No. 16 (1.18 mm) No. 30 (600 micro m) No. 50 (300 micro m) No. 100 (150 micro m) No. 200 (75 micro m) Residual Asphalt, percent dry weight of aggregate Tolerance, percent by weight passing sieve + or — 0% +or-2% +or-5% +or-5% +or-5%o +or-4% +or-3% +or-2% + or- 1% 626-2.2 MINERAL FILLER. If mineral filler, in addition to that naturally present in the aggregate, is necessary, it shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 242 and shall be used in the amounts required by the mix design. The mineral filler shall be considered as part of the aggregate. 626-2.3 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT. The emulsified asphalt shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D [ 977 and/or 23971 and shall be SS, CSS, CQS, or QS type emulsions. 626-2.4 WATER. All water used in making the slurry shall be potable and free from harmful soluble salts and chemicals. Y Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-626-2 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 COMPOSITION AND APPLICATION 626-3.1 COMPOSITION. The slurry seal shall consist of a mixture of emulsified asphalt, mineral aggregate, and water. 626-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. No slurry seal for payment shall be placed until a mix design has been approved by the Engineer. -The mix design shall be developed by a laboratory with -. experience in designing slurry seal mixes and a signed copy shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor to the Engineer at least 10 days prior to the start of operations. The laboratory report (mix design) shall indicate the proportions of aggregates, mineral filler (min. and max.), water (min. and max.) and asphalt emulsion based on the dry aggregate weight. It shall also report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit weight of the aggregate (bulking effects). The mix design shall be in effect until modified in writing by the Engineer. Should a change in sources of materials be made, a new mix design shall be established before the new material is used. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a complete mix design on the materials proposed for use, prepared and certified by an approved laboratory. Compatibility of the aggregate, emulsion, mineral filler, and other additives shall be verified by the mix design. The mix design shall be made with the same aggregate and grade of emulsified asphalt that the Contractor will provide on the project. At a minimum the. required tests and values needed are as follows: DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION ISSA TB-100 Wet Track Abrasion Loss 50 g/ft2 Max One Hour Soak (538 g/m2) ISSA T13-115 Determination of Slurry Pass Seal Compatibility 626-3.3 APPLICATION RATE. Unless otherwise specified, the slurry seal shall be applied to - at the application rates shown in Table 3 for that gradation of material used. TABLE 3. APPLICATION RATES Type I Type II Type III Type IA Pounds of mixture per square 8 - 12 12 - 20 18 - 30 10 — 16 yard Kilograms of mixture per square 4.3 - 6.5 6.5 - 10.9 9.8 - 16.3 5.4 — 8.6 meter The rate of application shall not vary more than ± 2 pounds per square yard (±1.1 kilograms per square meter). Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-626-3 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 Y" 626-3.4 TEST SECTIONS. Test sections shall be placed prior to the start of the slurry seal work in the presence of the Engineer. The test area will be designated by the Engineer and will be located on the existing pavement. ' Test strips shall be made by each machine after calibration. Samples of the slurry seal may be taken and the mix consistency verified by using — ISSA TB-106 Slurry Seal Consistency test. In addition, the proportions of the individual materials may be verified by the Engineer by using the calibration information provided after machine calibration. If any test does not meet specification requirements, additional tests shall .� be made at the expense of the Contractor, until an acceptable test strip is placed. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 626-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The slurry seal shall not be applied if either the pavement or air temperature is below 50 OF (10 °C) and falling but may be applied when both pavement and air temperature are above 45 OF (7 °C) and rising. No slurry seal shall be applied when there is danger that the finished product will freeze before 24 hours. The mixture shall not be applied when weather conditions prolong -opening to traffic beyond a reasonable time. 626-4.2 EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and machinery necessary for the performance of this work. a. Slurry Mixing Equipment. The machine shall be specifically designed and manufactured to lay slurry seal. The material shall be mixed by a self-propelled slurry seal mixing machine of either truck mounted or continuous run design. Either type machine shall be able to accurately deliver and proportion the aggregate, emulsified asphalt, mineral filler, and water to a revolving mixer and discharge the mixed product on a continuous flow basis. The machine shall have sufficient storage capacity for materials to maintain an adequate supply to the proportioning controls. If continuous run equipment is used, the machine shall be equipped to allow the operator to have full control of the forward and reverse speed of the machine during application of the slurry seal, with a self -loading device, with opposite side driver stations, all part of original equipment manufacturer design. The aggregate shall be prewetted immediately prior to' mixing with the emulsion. The mixing unit of the mixing chamber shall be capable of thoroughly blending all ingredients. No excessivemixing shall be permitted. The mixing machine shall be equipped with a fines feeder that provides an accurate metering device or method to introduce a predetermined proportion of mineral filler into the mixer at the same time and location that the aggregate is fed into the mixer. The mixing machine shall be equipped with a water pressure system and fog -type spray bar adequate for complete fogging of the surface with an application of 0.05 to 0.10 gallon per square yard (0.23 to 0.45 liter per square meter) preceding the spreading equipment. .w Sufficient machine storage capacity to mix properly and apply a minimum of 5 tons (4 500 kg) of the slurry shall be provided.. Proportioning devices shall be calibrated prior to placing the slurry seal. Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-626-4 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 b. Slurry Spreading Equipment. The mixture shall be spread uniformly by means of a conventional surfacing spreader box attached to the mixer and equipped to agitate and spread the material evenly throughout the box. A front seal shall be provided to insure no loss of the mixture at the surface contact point. The rear seal shall act as the final strike -off and shall be adjustable. The spreader box and rear strike -off shall be so designed and operated that a uniform consistency is achieved to produce, a free flow of material to the rear strike -off. The spreader box shall have suitable means provided to side shift the box to compensate for variations in the pavement geometry. A burlap drag or other approved screed may be attached to the rear of the spreader box to provide a uniform mat. c. Auxiliary Equipment. Other tools or equipment such as brushes, hand squeegees, hose equipment, tank trucks, water distributors and flushers, power blowers, barricades, etc., shall be provided as required. d. Roller. The roller, if required, shall be a self-propelled pneumatic -tired roller capable of exerting a contact pressure during rolling of 50 pounds per square inch (350 000 Newton's per square meter). It shall be equipped with a water spray system, to be used if the slurry is picking up on the tires during rolling. e. Tack Coat and Distributor. Normally a tack coat is not required unless the surface to be covered is extremely dry and raveled or is concrete or brick. If required, the tack coat should consist of one part emulsified asphalt and three parts water. The emulsified asphalt may be the same as that used in the mix. Pressure distributors used for application of the diluted asphalt emulsion tack coat shall be self-propelled, equipped with pneumatic tires, and capable of uniformly applying 0.05 to 0.15 gallon per square yard (0.23 to 0.68 liter per square meter) of the diluted emulsion over the required width of application. Distributors shall be equipped with tachometers, pressure gages, and volume -measuring devices. The tack coat shall be applied at least 2 hours before the slurry seal but within the same day. 626-4.3 EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION. Each slurry.mixing unit to be used on the project shall be calibrated in the presence of the Engineer prior to construction. Previous calibration documentation covering the exact materials to be used may be accepted by the Engineer provided they were made during the calendar year. The documentation shall include an individual calibration of each material at various settings, which can be related to the machine's metering devices. No machine will be allowed to work on the project until the calibration has been completed and/or accepted. 626-4.4 PREPARATION OF EXISTING SURFACE. Prior to placing the tack coat and slurry seal coat, unsatisfactory areas shall be repaired and the surface shall be cleaned of dust, dirt, or other loose foreign matter, grease, oil, excessive rubber accumulation, or any type of objectionable surface film. Any standard cleaning method will be acceptable except that water flushing will not be permitted in areas where considerable cracks are present in the pavement ' surface. Any painted stripes or markings on the surface of the runways or taxiways to be treated, shall be removed. Cracks wider than 1/4 inch (6 mm) shall be cleaned with compressed air, and sealed with a w Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-626-5 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 compatible crack sealer prior to applying the slurry seal. Cracks wider than 3/4 inch (19 mm) should be pre -filled and sealed with the slurry mixture prior to surfacing. Cracks that show evidence of vegetation shall be cleaned and treated with an approved herbicide. 626-4.5 APPLICATION OF SLURRY SEAL COAT. The surface shall be prewet by fogging ahead of the slung spreader box. Water used in prewetting the surface shall be applied at such a rate that the entire surface is damp with no apparent flowing water in front of the slurry spreader box. The slurry mixture shall be of the desired consistency when deposited on the surface, and. no additional elements shall be added. Total time of mixing shall not exceed 2 minutes. A sufficient amount of slurry shall be carried in all parts of the spreader box at all times so that complete coverage of all surface voids and cracks is obtained. Care shall be taken not to overload the spreader box that shall be towed at a slow and uniform rate not to exceed 5 miles per hour (8 kilometers per hour). No lumping, balling, or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted. No segregation of the emulsion and fines from the coarse aggregate will be permitted. • If the coarse aggregate settles to the bottom of the mix, the slurry shall be removed from the pavement surface. A sufficient amount of slung shall be fed into the box to keep a full supply against the full width of the spreader box. The mixture shall not be permitted to overflow the sides of the spreader box. No breaking of the emulsion will be allowed in the spreader box. The finished surface shall have no more than four (4) tear or drag marks greater than 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and 4 inches (100 mm) long in any 12 foot by 22 foot (25 sq. meter) section. It shall have no tear or drag marks greater than 1 inch (25 mm) wide and 3 inches (15 mm) long. The finished surface shall have no transverse ripples of 1/4 inch (6 mm) or more in depth, as measured with a 10-foot (3 meter) straight edge laid upon the surface. Adjacent lanes shall be lapped at the edges a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) with a maximum of 4 inches (100 mm) to provide complete sealing at the overlap. Construction longitudinal and transverse joints shall be neat and uniform without buildup, uncovered areas, or unsightly appearance. All joints shall have no more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) difference in elevation when measured across with a 10 foot (3 meter) straight edge. The fresh slurry seal application shall be protected by barricades and markers and permitted to dry for 4 to 24 hours, depending on weather conditions. Any damage to uncured slurry shall be repaired at the expense of the Contractor. In areas where the spreader box cannot be used, the slurry shall be applied by means of a hand squeegee. Upon completion of the work, the seal coat shall have no holes, bare spots, or cracks through which liquids or foreign matter could penetrate to the underlying pavement. The finished surface shall present a uniform and skid resistant texture satisfactory to the Engineer. All wasted and unused material and all debris shall be removed from the site prior to final acceptance. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall sweep the finished surface with a — conventional power rotary broom, to remove any potential loose material from the surface. The material removed by sweeping shall be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 626-4.6 EMULSION MATERIAL (CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY). Samples of the emulsion that the Contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to its source, shall Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-626-6 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 be submitted, and approval shall be obtained before using such material. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a manufacturer's certified report -for each consignment of the emulsion. The manufacturers certified report shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of the emulsion as received for use on the project. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 626-5.1 The emulsified asphalt shall be measured by the [gallon (liter)] [ton (kg)]. Only the actual quantity of undiluted emulsified asphalt will be measured for payment. 626-5.2 Aggregate shall be measured by the ton (kg) of dry aggregate. _ [626-5.3 Crack sealing shall be measured by the linear foot (meter) of cracks sealed.] [626-5.4 Surface repair shall be measured by the ton (kg) or square measurement of material placed.] [626-5.5 Paint and rubber removal shall be measured by the linear foot (meter) or square measurement.] BASIS OF PAYMENT 626-6.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per [gallon (liter)] (ton (kg)] for the emulsified asphalt and at the contract price per ton (kg) for aggregate [and the contract unit price for crack sealing per linear foot] [and the contract unit price for surface repair per ton (kg) or square measurement] [and the contract unit price for paint and rubber removal per lineal foot (meter) or square measurement]. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for preparing, mixing, and applying these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-626-6.1 Emulsified Asphalt for Slurry Coat —per [gallon (liter)] [ton (kg)] Item 0-626-6.2 [Item P-626-6.3 M [Item P-626-6.4 [Item P-626-6.5 .[Item P-626-6.6 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 Aggregate —per ton (kg) of dry aggregate. Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat —per [gallon (liter)] [ton (kg)]] Crack sealing — per linear [feet] (meter)] Surface Repair —per [ton] (kg) or square measurement] Paint and Rubber removal —per linear foot (meter) or square measurement (meter)] P-626-7 TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 88 Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C 117 Materials Finer than No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C 128 Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), and Absorption of Fine Aggregate ASTM C 131 Resistance to Degradation of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 136 Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM D 75 Sampling Aggregates ASTM D 2419 Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate ISSA A 105 Recommended Performance Guidelines ISSA TB-100 Wet Track Abrasion Loss ISSA TB-106 Slurry Seal Consistency ISSA TB 111 Outline Guide Design Procedure for Slurry Seal ISSA TB-115 Determination of Slurry Seal Compatibility MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 242 Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D 977 Emulsified Asphalt ASTM D 2397 Cationic Emulsified Asphalt END OF ITEM P-626 Fort Worth Alliance Airport P-626-8 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 I - .ITEM P-628 CRACK SEALING ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESCRIPTION 628-1.1 This Work consists of routing, cleaning, preparing and sealing 1/4 inch (6 mm) wide or wider cracks in existing bituminous pavement. Seal cracks with a petroleum — based crack sealant. 628-1.2 EXPERIENCE. The Owner will only allow crack sealing work to be performed by a Contractor (whether a subcontractor or a prime contractor) who has demonstrated the ability to successfully perform crack sealing work. Successful performance is defined as having sealed cracks on runways or taxiways (40,000 S.Y. (33440 m2) total) utilizing similar methods and materials as required on this project. This crack sealing work must have survived one winter with no more than 10 percent cumulative failure of the sealant during the winter. MATERIALS 628-2.1 Crack sealing materials shall be a high performance Specification petroleum — based polymeric hot pour sealant. The sealant shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3405. Submit a sample of sealant material to be used to the Owner's Representative. Deliver each lot or batch of sealing compound to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original sealed container. Each container shall.be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch or lot number, and the safe heating temperature, present the manufacturer's certification stating that the compound meets the requirements of this Specification. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 628-3.1 EQUIPMENT. Furnish all equipment necessary to complete the routing, cleaning, preparing and sealing of cracks in accordance with the requirements specified. Equipment required for this operation include the following: a. Mechanical router capable of routing the bituminous pavement to provide a depth to width ratio of all routed cracks of 1.0:1.0. b. High pressure air equipment capable of blowing sand and other foreign materials from a crack. c. Air chisel or hand tools to remove loose or spalled material adjacent to cracks. d. Pressure distributor for applying sealing material through a hand —operated wand or nozzle in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions. 628-3.2 CONSTRUCTION. Existing cracks to be sealed are shown in the contract documents. Cracks 0" to '/ in width to be cleaned with compressed air and sealed. Cracks greater than 1/" to 1" in width to be routed, cleaned with compressed air, Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs • and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-628-1 installation of backer rod and sealed. Cracks greater than 1" to 1 W in width to be routed, cleaned with compressed air, installation of backer rod and sealed. Where existing cracks have been previously sealed, remove failed sealant to the depth of the route, and overbond. At locations where water jetting does not remove broken or spailed material adjacent to the crack, use an air chisel or hand tools to remove the material. Remove vegetation from cracks. Remove existing joint sealant from the cold joints in asphalt shoulder, clean thoroughly and seal joint. Provide a power vacuum or equivalent to immediately remove all debris, including failed sealant, as soon as the cracks are cleaned. Prior to sealing, dry the cleaned cracks, either by air drying or a high capacity torch. Immediately prior to sealing, blow out the dried crack with compressed air, 80 psi (550 kPa) minimum. Apply crack sealant as per manufacturer's instructions and as outlined in Specification P-605. Overfill the crack to approximately three times the width of the routed crack and approximately 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick on adjacent pavement surfaces. In wide cracks, insert closed cell backer rod material, rope, or other pliable fill material approved by the Owner's Representative in the bottom of the crack in order to maintain the 1.0 to 1.0 depth to width ratio of the sealant and to reduce the amount of material used. Install backer rod as necessary to limit the amount of sealing material on average (for the project) to 0.5 lbs. per linear foot (.74 kg/m) of cracks sealed. At locations where crack sealant settles into the crack opening more than 1/4 inch (9 mm) below adjacent pavement, apply additional material to meet filling Specifications. Hot Poured Sealants. Apply the joint sealant uniformly from bottom to top and seal it without formation of entrapped air or voids. Place backing material as required above. Use an indirect heating type heating kettle, constructed as a double boiler. Provide a positive temperature control and mechanical agitation. Do not heat the sealant to more than 20°F (7°C) below the safe heating temperature. The safe heating temperature can be obtained from the manufacturer's shipping container. Provide a direct connecting pressure type extruding device with nozzles shaped for insertion into the joint. Immediately remove sealant spilled on the surface of the pavement. 628-3.3 GUARANTEE OF WORK. Guarantee crack repairs for a period of 2 years following acceptance of the Work. Not more than 5 percent of the footage of cracks shall have material pulled away from the side of the crack; shall have cracks within the material; shall be missing sealant from the crack; or shall allow entrance of water into the crack. If more than 5 percent of the footage of cracks is judged to have failed, repair the failed cracks to the Owner's Representative's satisfaction. If less than 5 percent of the cracks have failed, repairs will not be necessary. The Owner's Representative will determine which cracks have failed. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 P-628-2 Return to the project site each of the following two summers and repair sealed cracks that have failed in accordance with the above guarantee. Crack repair shall be done at no additional cost. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 628-4.1 MEASUREMENT. a. Crack Sealing, regardless of width, of Asphalt Pavement Shoulders and the removal of excess existing joint sealant from asphalt shoulders, will be measured by the square yard of pavement where cracks sealant is installed and accepted. b. Saw cut, cleaning and reinstallation of existing joint sealant for the asphalt/concrete joints of the shoulders, will be measured by the linear feet of existing joint sealant removed and replaced. BASIS OF PAYMENT 628-5.1 PAYMENT. a. Crack Sealing, regardless of width, of Asphalt Pavement Shoulders and the removal of excess existing joint sealant from asphalt shoulders will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per square yard of the pavement where crack sealant is installed and accepted. Price shall be full compensation for. furnishing all materials, routing, backer rod, sand, for all preparation, delivering and placing of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the item. b. Saw cut, cleaning and reinstallation of existing joint sealant for the asphalt/concrete joints of the shoulders, will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per linear foot. Price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, routing, for all preparation, delivering, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Standard Pay Items for Work covered by this Specification are as follows: Pay Item 00460 Pay Item 00460 ASTM D 3405 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 Pavement -Crack Sealing — Install --- per square yard. Pavement -Crack Sealing — Install (Asphalt/Concrete Joint) --- per linear feet. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Joint Sealants, Hot —Poured, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements END OF ITEM P-628 P-628-3 SPECIAL SPECIFICATION ITEM-314 CITY OF FORT WORTH CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT DESCRIPTION 6° Reinforced Concrete Pavement for the AOA Entrance Gate Pavement Repairs and ARFF Station Staging, Apron Pavement Repairs shall meet the requirements of City of Fort Worth specifications for Cement Concrete Pavement. Payment will be made under: Item 00459 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing Base — Install (6 inch Reinforced PCC) --- per square yard Item 00459 Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Existing Base — Install (8 inch Reinforced PCC) --- per square yard Item 00843 Curb-7 Inch — Install --- per linear feet END OF ITEM Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 314-1 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 as SPECIAL SPECIFICATION ITEM TxDOT-340 HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT y" DESCRIPTION Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement shall meet the requirements of TxDOT specifications u for roadway surface course. Payment will.be made under: Item 00449 Pavement-3 Inch -Type D - Install (Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement) --- per ton END OF ITEM .. MW No Ft. Worth Alliance Airport TxDOT-340-1 Airfield Pavement Repairs .. and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3 SPECIAL SPECIFICATION ITEM TxDOT-672 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS DESCRIPTION Reflectorized Pavement Markers shall .meet the requirements of TxDOT specifications for Raised Pavement Markers. ` Payment will be made under: Item 00433 Pavement Marking -Lane Markers Type II-AA-4 -- Install --- per each Item 00436 Pavement Marking -Lane Markers Type Y-4 -- Install --- per each END OF ITEM Ft. Worth Alliance Airport TxDOT-672-1 Airfield Pavement Repairs and Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 3